Queer City
Queer City
Queer City
Queer Cultures
ii
Queer Cities,
Queer Cultures
Europe Since 1945
Edited by
Matt Cook
and
Jennifer V. Evans
www.bloomsbury.com
Matt Cook and Jennifer V. Evans has asserted their right under the Copyright, Designs and
Patents Act, 1988, to be identified as Editors of this work.
Acknowledgements ix
Contributors x
Introduction 1
Matt Cook and Jennifer Evans
Pasts 13
1 The queer margins of Spanish cities, 1939–2010 15
Richard Cleminson, Rosa María Medina Doménech
and Isabel Vélez
Index 293
Acknowledgements
Tom Boellstorff
Tom Boellstorff is professor in the Department of Anthropology at the
University of California, Irvine; from 2007 to 2012 he was editor-in-chief of
American Anthropologist. His publications include The Gay Archipelago,
A Coincidence of Desires, Coming of Age in Second Life and (as co-author)
Ethnography and Virtual Worlds: a Handbook of Method.
Richard Cleminson
Richard Cleminson is reader in the history of sexuality at the University
of Leeds. He has published on the history of male homosexuality in Spain,
hermaphroditism in Iberia and the history of anarchism and sexuality.
Matt Cook
Matt Cook is senior lecturer in history and gender studies at Birkbeck,
University of London, director of the Raphael Samuel History Centre, and
an editor of History Workshop Journal. He is author of London and the
Culture of Homosexuality, 1885–1914 (2003) and Queer Domesticities:
homosexuality and home life in twentieth century London (2014); lead
author and editor of A Gay History of Britain (2007) and co-editor of
Queer 1950s (2012, with Heike Bauer).
Peter Edelberg
Peter Edelberg is a historian and postdoctoral fellow at the University of
Copenhagen. He took the PhD degree in 2011. He has published on the
history of sexuality and gender, the Second World War and historiography.
Contributors xi
Fatima El-Tayeb
Fatima El-Tayeb is associate professor of literature and ethnic studies and
associate director of Critical Gender Studies at the University of California,
San Diego. She is the author of two books, European Others. Queering
Ethnicity in Postnational Europe (University of Minnesota Press, 2011)
and Schwarze Deutsche. Rasse und nationale Identität, 1890–1933 (Black
Germans. Race and National Identity, 1890–1933, Campus 2001), as well
as of numerous articles on the interactions of race, gender, sexuality and
nation. Before coming to the United States, she lived in Germany and the
Netherlands, where she was active in black feminist, migrant and queer
of colour organizations. She is also co-author of the movie Alles wird gut/
Everything will be fine (Germany 1997).
Jennifer Evans
Jennifer Evans is associate professor of modern European history at
Carleton University in Ottawa Canada, where she currently serves as
graduate director. She is the author of Life Among the Ruins. Cityscape and
Sexuality in Cold War Berlin (2011) in addition to articles in the American
Historical Review, German History, and the Journal of the History of
Sexuality on post-1945 German queer history. She is currently at work on
a special theme issue of German History, due out in 2016, on ‘Queering
German History’.
Dan Healey
Dan Healey is professor of modern Russian history at the University of
Oxford. He is the author of the first book-length study of the queer history of
modern Russia (Homosexual Desire in Revolutionary Russia: The Regulation
of Sexual and Gender Dissent, [Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 2001]),
and many other publications on gender and sexuality in Russia.
Gert Hekma
Gert Hekma teaches gay and lesbian studies, and sexuality and gender
studies at the Department of Sociology and Anthropology, University of
Amsterdam. His research is on the sociology and history of homo/sexuality.
His present work is on the sexual revolution of the 1960s.
Roman Kuhar
Roman Kuhar is an associate professor of sociology at the University of
Ljubljana and researcher at the Peace Institute in Ljubljana. He is the author
of several books, including Media Construction of Homosexuality (2003),
co-author (with A. Švab) of The Unbearable Comfort of Privacy (2005)
and co-editor (with J. Takács) of Beyond The Pink Curtain: Everyday life
of LGBT people in Eastern Europe (2007) and Doing Families: Gay and
Lesbian Family Practices (2011).
xii Contributors
Dimitris Papanikolaou
Dimitris Papanikolaou is a university lecturer in Modern Greek and a Fellow
of St Cross College, Oxford University. He is the author of Singing Poets:
Literature and Popular Music in France and Greece (Oxford: Legende, 2007)
and has had articles published in New Cinemas, Byzantine and Modern
Greek Studies and the Journal of Modern Greek Studies.
Ralph Poole
Ralph J. Poole is professor of American studies at Salzburg University,
Austria. He taught at the University of Munich, Germany, and at Fatih
University in Istanbul, Turkey. He was also visiting scholar at the Center
for Advanced Studies in Theater Arts at the CUNY. His publications include
books on the Avant-Garde tradition in American theatre and on satirical and
autoethnographical ‘cannibal’ texts, a co-edited anthology on the American
melodrama from the eighteenth century to the present, and a collection of
essays on ‘dangerous masculinities’.
Antu Sorainen
Antu Sorainen is a postdoctoral research fellow at the Academy of Finland.
She published a book on lesbian trials in Finland, journal articles on queer
legal history, edited an issue on the queer ‘field’ (SQS 1/2011), and co-edited
a book on the concept of Sittlichkeit (2011). Her current research concerns
queering kinship through will-writing.
Judit Takács
Judit Takács graduated in history, Hungarian Language and Literature and
Cultural Anthropology at ELTE, Budapest, and completed an MA in social
sciences at the University of Amsterdam. She holds a PhD in sociology
and works as a senior research fellow at the Institute of Sociology, CSS,
Hungarian Academy of Sciences.
Florence Tamagne
Florence Tamagne is associate professor in contemporary history at the
University of Lille 3. She has published in English History of Homosexuality
in Europe: Berlin, London, Paris, 1919–39 (Algora Pub., 2004) and notably
contributed to R. Aldrich (ed.), Gay Life and Culture (Universe, 2006) and
G. Hekma (ed.), A Cultural History of Sexuality in the Modern Age (Berg,
2011). She is currently working on rock music, youth cultures and politics
in France, Britain and Germany (1950s–80s).
Isabel Vélez
Isabel E. Vélez is an independent scholar. She earned a BA in women’s studies
from Yale University, and is ABD in the History of Consciousness Program
at the University of California, Santa Cruz.
Introduction
carefully and contextually about the ways ‘desire’ was understood and so
also experienced.6 Such approaches to the past are underpinned by an
academic and theoretical appropriation of queer – one which was to the fore
as we conceptualized this volume. Yet what becomes clear in the chapters
that follow is that queer does not only signify an approach to thinking about
sexuality and the complex ways in which people have understood themselves
over time. To some it is also a valuable umbrella synonymous with LGBT
or a label which signals an identity that is more radical than those other
categories. The filmmaker Derek Jarman, for example, claimed queer over
gay – the former encapsulating for him the anger, urgency and radicalism
needed in the context of the AIDS crisis. Others use it (ourselves included) to
refer both to those LGBT identities that have become well established since
the 1970s and also to men and women who before and after that time may
not have claimed or associated with them but were yet involved in emotional
and intimate relationships with members of the same sex. Queer in this way
might accommodate individuals who ‘disturb’ categories that have become
conventional.7 To yet others, queer is a more troublesome term: for some
older anglophone men and women it belongs in the mouths of homophobes
and has been hard to reclaim; for others the idea of stable identification – of
being ‘gay’ or ‘lesbian’ – was and is appealing and also politically useful. It
can be easier to fight for rights and equalities for a defined group of lesbians
and gays than an amorphous band of queers. The former categorization can
also more readily link to an international struggle. Queer can, meanwhile,
seem rarified or trendy, better suited to the hallowed halls of academe or in
the youth-oriented and increasingly commercialized ‘scene’. The challenge for
us as editors and you as readers, then, is to hold onto these various meanings
and associations and to know also that the authors have chosen and used
their terminology deliberately and in ways which evoke particular traditions,
histories and affiliations. It is a sensitivity to these multiple threads and the
way they together evoke diverse experience and identifications which in our
eyes makes this collection part of a queer project.
Finally, queer can speak metaphorically to the unexpected, multiple,
diverse and sometimes downright ambiguous outcomes we found in the
different urban settings explored in this volume. The language used and
also the varying temporal anchors and intersecting histories we have been
discussing highlight very different national and urban traumas and associated
repressions. These did not create a uniform set of experiences or possibilities
for the queer people who lived in these places, spaces and moments in time.
Yet lives were also lived within the broader shared contexts of the cold
war, of the threat of nuclear conflict, of international protest movements,
of the political and economic unification of a growing number of European
nations (from the six nations in the European Economic Community of
1958 to the 28 in the European Union of today), of Americanization and
consumerism, of changing possibilities for travel, movement and leisure,
and of transnational media and virtual networks.8 These and other factors
4 Queer Cities, Queer Cultures
have been unevenly understood and experienced, but they cannot be neatly
allotted to particular nations and cities. They instead leaven the local and
particular with some shared if differently inflected reference points.
Our initial organization of this book – into cities that were ‘Liberal’,
‘Iconic’, ‘Under Dictatorship’ ‘Out in the Cold’, ‘On the Borders’ – soon fell
apart in light of all this. If this initial structure was meant questioningly and
with scepticism, it still carried with it too many presumptions. We found that
the chapters as they were submitted sat uncomfortably wherever we placed
them. Cities under dictatorship did not only see repression but also different
kinds of queer expression Richard Cleminson, Rosa María Medina Doménech
and Isabel Vélez show in relation to lesbian subcultures in Barcelona before
the death of dictator General Franco. ‘Liberal’ and ‘iconic’ cities sometimes
witnessed a narrowing of perception and experience as Gert Hekma suggests
in relation to Amsterdam. Istanbul might seem on the edge geographically,
but in the way Ralph J. Poole conjures the city here, it is thematically central
to the collection in terms of highlighting especially vividly the kinds of
border crossings and hybridities that feature in each of the other chapters.
Cities we had placed in separate sections showed surprising similarities
and for reasons we hadn’t anticipated. Roman Kuhar demonstrates how
Ljubljana gained some of its character and some distinctiveness to queer
culture by being, like Istanbul, on geographical crossroads, in its case ‘of
Slavic, Germanic and Latin cultures’. The Slovenian capital (one of our cities
initially ‘Out in the Cold’) resonated in unexpected ways with Helsinki (one
of our ‘liberal’ cities). The fact they were the largest cities in their respective
countries but relatively small in pan-European terms provided scope for
unanticipated points of comparison, not least in the absence and then much
sought after sense of permanent queer space. In terms of the actual pace of
change, there were more surprises again as Barcelona, Madrid and Moscow
(Dan Healey) came into alignment. In the particularly close relationship of
urban and national history, these Spanish cities also spoke to Budapest (Judit
Takács) and Ljubljana. Berlin, London and Athens (Dimitris Papanikolaou),
on the other hand, were linked by a sense of disjunction from a wider
national story. In other words, none of the cities discussed here was or is
univocal – there were different scenes to be part of and experiences to be had
at different times or in parallel at the same time. All this goes to show what
Phil Hubbard’s recent work documents most vividly – that the relationship
between cities and sexuality is dynamic and changing. The former are not
merely the stage or background for sexual activity, identity and communities,
but, as the chapters ahead attest, are active agents in their very constitution.9
If the differences between places are evident, taken together the chapters
also suggest important similarities between all these cities. The authors
describe resonant changes over time such that intergenerational sex has
become taboo, the nature of prostitution has shifted, equality in coupledom
has come to be primary and gay and lesbian scenes have become more
commercialized (though enduringly male dominated in terms of visibility
Introduction 5
and spatial tangibility). There are also shared socio-economic and cultural
reasons why men and women, gays and lesbians, find themselves limited
and enabled in their cities in particular ways. Interestingly, each of the
contributors – including the two of us – seems to have felt a pull towards
the present and a need to explain the queer coordinates of the different cities
now. Indeed the chapters perhaps cohere in the production of a history of
the queer urban present – riffing on French philosopher Michel Foucault’s
genealogical project in which he sought meanings of the present through
investigations of the past. The queer challenge, Doan reminds us, is to do
this without simply reading the present and present understandings onto
past moments; and to take the past on its own terms even as we seek out
some explanation in it for what happened next. Each author is troubled by
contemporary situations – by individualism, by ongoing violence and by
economic disparity and dwindling resources in the context of heightened
aspiration and expectations. They are each sceptical about fantasies of
shared European values, including sexual emancipation, and show who
gets left out of such narratives and how unevenly putatively shared values
have been taken up socially, culturally and politically in different national
and urban contexts. History, they each demonstrate in different ways, is
an important tool in understanding the emergence of these fantasies and
in finding inconvenient lives, practices and communities that have been
excluded or marginalized. Investigating the queer past has become a strategy
in disorientating the present.
In short, the criteria which informed our initial organization paled as other
resonances and dissonances emerged and criss-crossed the contributions.
And so we abandoned our initial schema and instead decided to present the
chapters in alphabetical order by author – a random criterion, which we
hope allows the chapters to speak to each other more freely.
they focus upon. Others write as outsiders to the cities they describe. We
have a gender split and our contributors range in age. None of these factors
trumps others, but they do inflect the kinds of stories that they tell and the
particular investment in the histories they recount. The book is a testament
to the usefulness and richness of hybridity and interdisciplinarity.
Varied too are the sources. Some chapters are more rooted in the
materiality of the city streets and the way that space has changed and been
used over time – as tracked through maps, press reports and police records
in Peter Edelberg’s piece on Copenhagen, for example. Others pivot on city
space as it is remembered in oral history testimonies and autoethnography
(London, Helsinki) or written in literature and imagined on film (Madrid,
Barcelona, Budapest, Istanbul). These various renditions can suggest the ways
in which individuals live in and engage with their cities – and also signal how
others might perceive them. The refurbishment and reopening of some of
Istanbul’s hamams is part of a reinvention and reincorporation in the present
of past cultures idealized through memory and representation. Barcelona
has become a totem for trans subculture in part through the way film-
maker Pedro Almodóvar and others have conjured the city’s counterculture.
Reading the collection as a whole, we see the importance of nostalgia and
of temporal markers (pre- and post-certain pivotal events like those detailed
earlier) in the way the city is experienced queerly now – as better, worse,
more constraining, liberating or transgressive, as more or less sexy.10
Across the book we thus see different ways of getting at the recent
histories of particular queer urban cultures. Different sources give different
kinds of access to everyday lives, opening out understandings of some at
the expense of others. The volume does not aim and cannot hope to be
comprehensive, not least because there is no easy A–Z (or LGBTQ) of
identity. Often there is a defiance or evasion of categorization – among the
male prostitutes in Copenhagen and in Amsterdam in the 1950s and 1960s
for example. People invariably have multiple identifications which meet and
intersect in different ways and bring different realms of safety or danger,
comfort or discomfort into play. Tamagne suggests that queer Arabic men
can feel out of place in the gay Marais and often find social composure
on the edge of the Parisian centre. Queer nodes of contact, she shows, do
not always conform to expectations. Although the Marais and, in London,
Soho, hold firm in our imagination as explicitly queer areas, when we take
into account the unique subjective experiences of Arab Parisian queers and
the changing ethnic and economic diversity of neighbourhoods like Notting
Hill and Brixton in London, we can’t help but see that race mediates how
queerness is lived, expressed and indeed often remembered.11 Generally,
unacknowledged ideas about whiteness and nationhood are significant
in the way queer individuals perceive and experience their sense of urban
belonging or displacement.
Despite our best intentions to problematize and question fixed identity
categories, what emerges as often in the chapters that follow is the significance
Introduction 7
Queer maps
The collection shows that the meanings of city space are not made solely by
the builders and shapers of the urban environment. Cities are made in the
everyday machinations of people’s lives. In simple, oft-repeated quotidian
acts, people lay claim to the spaces around them and invest in them personal
and collective meanings – making them, so the geographers say, into places.14
Urban historians and historians of sexuality in particular have described
the pursuit of pleasure amidst the danger of regulation and sometimes
outright hatred that have mediated everyday encounters and attachments.15
This, they suggest, has helped forge places of adventure as well as leisure,
belonging and community, like-mindedness and identity in uneven urban
landscapes. Cities have in this way often had a uniquely liberating effect for
queer identified people despite pressing urban dangers, and there has been
a deeply constitutive relationship between queer citizens and city spaces.16
How spaces are used and sometimes co-opted changes depending on the
actors involved, the historical conditions at play at a particular moment,
and the evolving relationships between and among diversely connected
groups. Through use, governance, different mappings and stories, myths,
tall tales and gossip, places take on layers of meaning and are thoroughly
imbued with the past and with expectations and assumptions passed from
one generation to the next. People thus often live their lives within diverse
8 Queer Cities, Queer Cultures
and overlaid conceptions of the city. State and local government might rely
on firmly drawn physical maps of the city to identify and police its queer
citizens. Businesses seeking out the pink pound might meanwhile map out
a wholly different view of the city by charting queer consumer trends and
laying claim to a certain street corner as especially economically viable. At
the same time, a trans streetworker might find the same space appealing for
different though similarly entrepreneurial reasons. These various mappings
are gendered, classed and inflected by sexuality, and while they might be
dangerous to one person or group, they might be liberating to another. In
Budapest and Athens, courts and police services are known to have generated
extensive pink lists of homosexual offenders, mapping the city along an axis
of moral regulation and social control. Yet as we see in Copenhagen, these
same modes of regulation might be mobilized in different ways. Even in
an age of illegality, Edelberg shows, homophile men solicited the support
of police and their maps and lists for protection against blackmailing rent
boys. In Ljubljana, Kuhar avers that the support of politicians against anti-
Pride thugs is heartening even if it might not be completely altruistic. Space,
in other words, is best understandable when we recognize its functional,
historical and associative meanings for the widest array of audiences,
contemporary as well as historical. The trick is to do so mindfully, in full
recognition of the intricate, often imperceptible, and seemingly contradictory
processes at work.
A city’s meaning is not solely dependent upon narratives from the
inside – from Moscovites, Parisien(nes) or Ljubljanians. Some cities are
iconic – with meaning for inhabitants and outsiders which transcend the
local. And as geographer Doreen Massey has argued, for some cities more
than others, feelings of attachment and belonging are invariably inflected
by transnational forces, some percolating within the city itself, others
wafting in from afar via the media, along tourist networks, or with the
circulation of international capital.17 We see this at work here. Queers in
Athens and Amsterdam looked to Paris as the apex of cultural modernity.
Many others focused their gaze on imperial and Weimar Berlin as a source
of inspiration for queer history and place making, whether in the guise
of Magnus Hirschfeld’s legal reform campaigns or in the lore of the city’s
vibrant bar and café scene. In their contributions, Roman Kuhar and Judit
Takács show that this fascination with the city on the Spree extended over
the 1945 divide and was further nurtured by subcultural pathways that
linked socialist countries behind the Iron Curtain to East and West Berlin
queer scenes. Even after the fall of the wall and the reconstitution of Berlin
as a world city, Jennifer Evans shows in her analysis of the monument
erected to gays and lesbians just how emblematic a place it remains for
an international audience wanting to memorialize Nazi persecution as a
touchstone of international queer suffering and human rights abuses. Berlin
continues to hold a certain mystique subculturally and as an example of
lessons only unevenly learnt.
Introduction 9
Notes
1 The basis for an edited collection: Bauer, H. and M. Cook (eds) (2012), Queer
1950s: Rethinking Sexuality in the Postwar Years. Basingstoke: Palgrave.
2 Cook, M. (2003), London and the Culture of Homosexuality, 1885-1914.
Cambridge: Cambridge University Press; Evans, J. V. (2011), Life among
the Ruins: Cityscape and Sexuality in Cold War Berlin. New York: Palgrave
Macmillan.
3 Bunzl, M. (2004), Symptoms of Modernity: Jews and Queers in Late-Twentieth
Century Vienna. Berkeley: University of California Press; Halperin, D. M.
(2011), How to Be Gay. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press; Stryker, S.
(2008), Transgender History. Berkeley: Seal Press.
4 El-Tayeb, F. (2011), European Others: Queering Ethnicity in Postnational
Europe. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.
5 Hubbard, P. (2012), Cities and Sexualities. London: Routledge.
Introduction 11
Further reading
Bech, H. (1997), When Men Meet: Homosexuality and Modernity. Chicago:
Chicago University Press.
Bell, D. and G. Valentine (eds) (1995), Mapping Desire. London: Routledge.
12 Queer Cities, Queer Cultures
“Hablar en voz baja es hablar, pero solo para los que disponen
de un oído alerta” [To speak quietly is to speak, but only for
those who possess a sharp sense of hearing],
juan gil-albert, heraclés. sobre una manera de ser.1
Introduction
The return of political democracy and peace in most European countries
would, particularly from the 1950s onwards, mean changes in sexual
behaviour, new sexual identities, a transformation of the position of women
in society and, even, incipient changes in attitudes towards homosexuality.2
In Spain, where the dictatorship of General Francisco Franco had been
consolidated at the end of the three-year civil war in 1939, these changes
were slow to come or difficult to perceive. Despite this, and while Madrid
and Barcelona were not Berlin, London or Paris, the chapter will illustrate
how queer life did survive under the dictatorship and will trace some aspects
of its more open presence in the post-dictatorship city.
For the defeated of the Spanish civil war – republicans, socialists, regional
nationalists and anarchists, among others – the end of authoritarian regimes
elsewhere rekindled the hope that the Allies would continue their advance
beyond the Pyrenees and finally depose the pro-Axis General Franco. Such
16 Queer Cities, Queer Cultures
a hope was, however, quickly dashed. Franco remained in power, the 1940s
were viciously repressive and the dictator was to become ‘rehabilitated’ in
the 1950s as the ‘sentinel of the West’ in the fight against communism as
US military bases were installed on Spanish soil and Spain ‘came in from
the cold’. Although the regime underwent a certain degree of change over
Franco’s nearly 40 years in power and despite the fact that it was not
monolithically repressive and was contested by multiple forms of more or
less clandestine resistance, the defeat of open democratic and progressive
politics in Spain was confirmed until 1975, the year of the death of the
Generalísimo or Caudillo, as he preferred to be called. Spain, a country
where the vanquished in the civil war suffered the destruction of their social
and political dreams through incarceration, death, internal or external
exile, saw the institutionalization of traditional mores under the banner of
‘National Catholicism’, driven by strong fascistic rituals encouraged by the
Spanish Falange especially in the early years of the regime.
For Francoism, with its notion of natural hierarchies, idealized ruralism,
sharp social divisions between men and women and education in accordance
with the ‘National Spirit’, all former leftist political parties and trade unions,
along with ‘rational’, that is, non-religious thought, were considered part
of the legacy of the ‘anti-Spain’, locked in combat with the true values of
‘Spanishness’ or hispanidad. For the ideologues of the regime, women had
to be confined to the domestic sphere as ‘angels of the hearth’.3 Hegemonic
masculinity, with the male elevated as the breadwinner and head of family
and with violence legitimized as a political tool, meant that ‘effeminacy’
was decried as having ruined Spain and brought moral pollution to society.
So strong was the association between masculine decadence and national
decline that one of the cabal of generals who pronounced against the
Republic, Queipo de Llano, declared in a radio address on 25 July 1936
in Seville as the full force of political repression rained down on the city,
‘People of Seville! I do not have to wish you courage because I already know
of your valour. Finally, if any invert or effeminate should proffer any insult
or alarmist judgement against our glorious national movement, I say you
should kill him like a dog’.4
The politics of the ousted Republic (1931–39) was seen by the regime as
a betrayal of the essence of Spain: the application of an imported European
form of politics inappropriate to Spain’s historical roots and present needs.
Given the flowering of sexual freedoms and the consolidation of a limited
but diverse visible queer culture in the 1930s,5 Francoism reserved a special
place for the city as a site of moral contagion, a fount of political, social
and sexual transgression. Early on in the dictatorship, regime-acolyte and
psychiatrist, Dr Antonio Vallejo Nágera, wrote of the necessity to psychi
cally cleanse the Spanish city and to eliminate the perversion entailed by
the loose morals of the Republic;6 within this context, the new regime
presented the opportunity to impose a rapid programme of cultural and
religious ‘sanitization’ and homogeneity, an endeavour extended beyond
the metropole to Spain’s remaining colonial outposts.7 Although such an
The queer margins of Spanish cities, 1939–2010 17
nevertheless, that acted as a magnet for gay lives in the past, as it does in
the present, while at the same time, as we have seen, constituting a focus for
those regimes reactive towards homosexuality. This dialectical relationship
between threat and opportunity means that, as Julie Abraham puts it,
‘To denounce the city is still to denounce homosexuality, and to denounce
homosexuality is still to denounce the city. . . . To embrace homosexuality,
then, is still to embrace the city, and to embrace the city is still to embrace
homosexuality’.15 It is this dialectical relationship that will enable us to
explore in this chapter the multiple configurations of queer life in Spanish
cities, the ways in which these connect with other marginalities, such as the
lives of immigrants and other ‘outsiders’ in the neo-liberal world, and from
a perspective that examines how such subjectivities are mutually dependent,
we suggest the interconnections, solidarities and tensions between all these
figures of exclusion.
The thriving gay cultures at the end of the nineteenth century in Madrid and
Barcelona were memories,16 if that, by the 1940s, but we should not assume
that as a consequence of the repressiveness of the regime all gay culture had
been completely obliterated. Queer life and queer (parts of) cities were also
made by the availability of spaces outside of these cities and in their vicinities,
which enabled queer experience to continue and consolidate itself. Sitges, on
the coast near Barcelona, enjoyed relative freedom as a tourist centre and
attractive venue for both national and foreign gays from at least the 1950s,
permitted by the regime’s twin desire to earn foreign money and to present
a patina of openness on the international stage. Another space was Ibiza,
an island that also allowed Spaniards a taste of the kind of freedoms that
most other Europeans enjoyed at the time, away from the drab, uniform and
asphyxiating life on the mainland.17 In addition to the more overt presence
of gay men and lesbians, on a more furtive level, Punta del Verde, near Cadiz,
was renowned as a meeting point for men in the 1940s and 1950s,18 and
certain products, for example, the ‘Lola’ cigarette brand, were recognized
among the initiated as signs of being gay.19 Such examples suggest more than
an incipient gay culture. The apparent paradoxical observation made by one
contemporary writer that despite the repression, in Barcelona ‘Se podía vivir
una vida gay llenísima en los años 50’ [You could live gay life to the full
in the 1950s], requires an explanation.20 This apparent paradox continued
into the 1960s in Barcelona, a period documented photographically by Joan
Colom, who recorded a full range of local figures in the Raval area of the
city, including male prostitutes.21
In order to navigate this ‘double condition’, as Raymond Williams called
it,22 whereby the city encapsulated the potential for the maintenance and
production of secrecy, our approach in this chapter will be threefold while
not aiming to be all inclusive or to provide an exhaustive history of queer
experience in Spanish cities in the space of one short chapter. First, we
discuss the relation between fiction and fact, between novelization and lived
experience, as a device in the construction of queer memory. Second, we
look at some specific expressions of queer life – the geography of queer
The queer margins of Spanish cities, 1939–2010 19
The novelization/fictionalization
of the queer past
In discussing queer Spanish cities, it is not our aim to present a simple
hierarchy of ‘evidence’ whereby the existence of places of gay sociability,
demonstrations or police arrests takes precedence over memories and
memoirs, desires and expressed hopes.23 As Mark Turner has pointed out
when writing about London, ‘Fact and fiction blur here. As they always
are wont to do, and much of the material [used in his book] requires us, at
the very least, to interrogate our definitions of “evidence” when it comes
to marginalized, often hidden, urban practices from the past’.24 This is our
cue to examine some examples of recent novelization and fictionalization
of queerness in Spain, where queer lives may not be the main component
of stories but are woven into broader narratives, often with transnational
backdrops. These ‘fictions’ may enable us to disinter past realities and invite
us to re-think the past in different ways; they should not be dismissed as ‘mere
fictions’ or opposed simply to supposed ‘facts’.25 Neither should we think
of such representations as constituting mere ‘paradoxes’ or ‘contradictions’
under authoritarian regimes, but instead as an opportunity to examine the
extent to which particular categories of representation (hetero/homo, man/
woman, black/white) as fixed identities are rendered significant and how
they come about in the first place.26 Such a precarious presence suggests that
a simplistic positioning of ‘in’ or ‘out’ under a particular regime needs to be
revised in favour of seeing how queer performs the work of ‘becoming’ rather
than already being. As Robert Young has argued: ‘External or internal, this
division into same and other is less a site of contradiction and conflict than
culture’s founding possibility. . . . [C]ulture is always a dialectical process,
inscribing and expelling its own alterity’.27 In novels populated by queer
characters we see not a lack of queer community in the city but instead a
fragile one inhabited by instances of resistance.28
There has been a recent small proliferation of novels in English on
the Spanish Civil War and the ensuing Franco dictatorship, both written
originally in English and translated from the Spanish or Catalan.29 These
novels connect with the recent process of the ‘recuperation of historical
memory’ in Spain, a process that gathered strength in the years immediately
preceding the passing of the 2007 ‘Law of Historical Memory’ and which
aims to provide justice for the victims of repression in the civil war and the
20 Queer Cities, Queer Cultures
regalia were fighting the police, while blood flowed on the streets.52 In a
description reminiscent of the Stonewall riots, Jones marks the moment as
a transformative experience for the power of queerness, of the image of the
most marginalized and transgressive people standing up to a powerfully
repressive state apparatus, and fighting to win. Whether this conversation
actually took place or not, whether the actual Cleve Jones felt this was
a radicalizing moment for him, the film certainly, and poignantly, makes
it so. It is possible to read this as an attempt at providing a ‘Stonewall-
like’ moment to explain Jones’s change of heart; or perhaps, as a more
intelligent way of historically locating Milk’s actions, in light of a more
international moment of global change and political transformation.
In all likelihood, the riots alluded to were those of the 1st and 8th of
February 1976 protests that demanded political amnesty. These political
actions and others that followed in Barcelona and other Spanish cities
were the political expression of local, community-based organizations
seeking democratization and justice in the aftermath of Franco’s death.
At a macro-political level, these demands were met with the profound
transformation of the legal, administrative and political structure of the
Spanish state during the so-called transition to democracy. At a more local
level, these base communities became the roots of the eventual ‘associative
strategy’ or ‘third sector’ strategy for securing social justice that developed
over the intervening decades.53
The political space that opened up for these ‘third sector’ actors has
been financed in powerful ways by municipal governments. It is outside the
scope of this chapter to offer a political analysis of these strategies, although
LGBTQ tourism is one vector within this process that we discuss below.
It is important to consider how these city-/municipality-based funding
strategies have helped to provide stable, legitimate global working spaces
for transqueers. From 4 to 6 June 2009, Barcelona hosted the ‘First Annual
International Congress on Gender Identity and Human Rights’. Financed
by the Barcelona municipal government, and other governmental and non-
governmental sources, the Congress brought together transmen/women
from 67 countries in order to create both a set of documents addressed
to governmental and non-governmental actors regarding the realities,
needs and desires of the trans community, and, perhaps more importantly,
a network of international transactivists willing to continue to document,
analyse and create an archive of useful knowledge on how to change laws
and practices that have an impact on transqueer human rights. The global
nature of the conference belies its locational dynamics. Taken in conjunction
with the imagery produced by the queer demos in the late 1970s in the
central Ramblas boulevard in the city, which have gained iconic status,54
the use of the past as a constant backdrop to the present has meant that
Barcelona has, perhaps not by design, but certainly by choice, become a
repository of transqueer history, action and identity.
The queer margins of Spanish cities, 1939–2010 25
a look in.66 Another variation of this model has been the inauguration of
residences for national and foreign gay couples to retire to, especially in
areas traditionally strong in gay tourism.67
Conclusion
This chapter on Madrid and other queer cities in Spain has not attempted
a triumphalist ‘coming of age’ story of LGBTQ communities from the
repression of the Franco era to the ‘liberation’ of the twenty-first century. It
has not concentrated on the formation and cultural cache of Chueca or the
vibrant gay scene of Barcelona. Instead, it has tried to evaluate critically what
Bowker has termed ‘local orderings’ with a view to signalling the multiple
places where queer has been evoked at some point along the ‘in/out’ scale,
made visible or lived out as a marginal experience against the backdrop of
political regimes that were/are not monolithically dictatorial and repressive
or uniquely progressive and democratic. The chapter has also problematized
the relationship between ‘fact’ and ‘fiction’ and the usefulness in re-thinking
queer histories provided by other evidence, including novels, memories and
films as a means of writing a nuanced form of history that is sensitive to the
creation of new depictions of queerness and queer subjectivity in our present.
It has also suggested that such local orderings betray certain exclusions within
these sources given the fact that diversity inside the margins has still not been
fully accomplished in Spanish cities. Gender inequalities are still at work in
social environments such as tourism, a social space that also suffers from
the marginalization of transgender and aged queers, and which promotes
gender differences, whereby Barcelona is promoted as a ‘cool’ gay male
place to visit, and the ‘pro-maternal’ Valencia is ideal for lesbians seeking
insemination and a family. In this way, the ‘usefulness’ of some expressions
of queer to legitimize the democratic project is contrasted with the edginess
surrounding the incorporation into the physical and legal landscape of new
immigrant communities, often deemed dangerous or disruptive for social
cohesion within a spectacular and commodified model of human relations.
In this sense, queering the city may not be the province of LGBTQs alone;
more ‘problematic’ categories, unruly in their incorporation into cities and
sometimes both queer and immigrant, pose challenges to the new legal
frameworks for same-sex marriage, intimacy and, in some cases, physical
survival. The model of gay-themed vacations, public consumption and high
visibility of especially gay men in television series and programmes remains
‘another country’ for many at the queer margins of today’s Spanish cities.
Some of those who have benefitted from same-sex marriage legislation
or the new gender equality law forget or ignore the fact that these laws
were introduced at the same time that the Spanish Socialist Party (PSOE)
hardened its restrictions on immigration, increased expulsions and presided
over a period during which police forces were given quotas of immigrants
The queer margins of Spanish cities, 1939–2010 29
to locate and remove from the country.68 Such limitations invite us to cast
a critical eye over the rainbow colours that flap in the wind at so many
events and that hang from so many town halls. Are the flags becoming more
two-tone, exalting youth and money, rather than reflecting a truly diverse
set of lifestyles, desires and political and economic circumstances? Is the
future to be driven by the less and less openly camp gay male who possesses
ever greater purchasing power? Is this the kind of ‘queerification’ that we
desire for our cities? The Spanish case shows how individual cities and
localities are coming out of the closet to promote gay tourism; the result,
however, may be an exquisitely designed model whose dimensions are rather
exclusive and restrictive. In this chapter, using queerness as an analytical
tool to analyse marginalization, we have connected different figures of
exclusion in our Spanish cities. This fruitful use of queerness helps us to go
beyond triumphalist readings of gay life and invites us to build new forms
of solidarity in our urban lives.
Notes
1 Juan Gil-Albert, Heraclés. Sobre una manera de ser, Madrid: Akal, 1987, p. 7.
This discussion of homosexuality, presented as a “Hommage to Plato”, was
originally written in 1955 but had to wait more than twenty years to be published.
2 A good overview of these changes is provided in Herzog, D. (2001), Sexuality
in Europe: A Twentieth-Century History. Cambridge: Cambridge University
Press.
3 For the historical background to the notion in the medieval and early modern
periods, see Aldaraca, B. A. (1991), El ángel del hogar: Galdós and the
Ideology of Domesticity in Spain. Chapel Hill: Dept. of Romance Languages,
University of North Carolina. For a brief outline of the situation of women
before Francoism and a discussion of changes to come after 1939, see
Graham, H. (1995), ‘Women and social change’, in H. Graham and J. Labanyi
(eds), Spanish Cultural Studies. Oxford/New York: Oxford University Press,
pp. 99–115. On the resistance of women to heteronormativity under the
Franco period, see Osborne, R. (ed.) (2013), Mujeres bajo sospecha: Memoria
y sexualidad (1930–1980). Madrid: Editorial Fundamentos, and, Medina
Doménech, R. M. (2013), Ciencia y sabiduría del amor. Una historia cultural
del franquismo, 1940–1960. Madrid/Frankfurt: Iberoamericana/Vervuert.
More generally, see Nash, M. (2013), Represión, resistencias, memoria. Las
mujeres bajo la dictadura franquista. Comares: Granada.
4 Speech cited in Reig Tapia, A. (1990), Violencia y terror. Estudios sobre la
guerra civil española. Madrid: Akal Universitaria, p. 56. Queipo also promised
that if any rightists who supported the insurrection were killed by the left, he
would kill ten for every dead rightist. If the guilty leftists were already dead,
he would disinter their bodies and ‘kill them again’. On the relation between
masculinity, violence and the consolidation of Franco’s regime, see Vincent, M.
(1999), ‘The Martyrs and the saints: Masculinity and the construction of the
Francoist crusade’, History Workshop Journal, 47, 68–98.
30 Queer Cities, Queer Cultures
44. A very brief mention is made of Mujeres Libres founder Lucía Sánchez
Saornil’s lesbianism in Ackelsberg, M. A. (2005) [1991], Free Women of Spain:
Anarchism and the Struggle for the Emancipation of Women. Oakland, West
Virginia/Edinburgh: AK Press, p. 172 and in Nash, M. (1995), Defying Male
Civilization: Women in the Spanish Civil War. Denver: Arden Press, p. 92.
The article by Sanfeliu Gimeno, L., ‘Lucía Sánchez Saornil; una vida y una
obra alternativas a la sociedad de su tiempo’, is more extensive on this point
and can be viewed at http://www.feministas.org/IMG/pdf/Mesa_memoria_
franquismo-_Lucia_Sanchez_Saornil.pdf (consulted 17 December 2010).
45 See Simonis, A. (2009), Yo no soy ésa que tú te imaginas: el lesbianismo en la
narrativa española del siglo XX a través de sus estereotipos. Alicante: Centro
de Estudios sobre la Mujer, Universidad de Alicante, esp. ch. 2.
46 See Albarracín Soto, M. (2008), ‘Libreras y tebeos: las voces de las lesbianas
mayores’, in R. Platero Méndez (ed.), Lesbianas: discursos y representaciones.
Barcelona: Melusina, pp. 191–212.
47 Rosón Villena, M. (2013), ‘Contramodelo a la feminidad burguesa:
Construcciones visuales del poder en la Sección Femenina de Falange’, in
Osborne (ed.) (2013), pp. 293–309.
48 Cf. the comments of R. (Lucas) Platero on the occasion of the seminar on
‘Memory and Sexuality of Women under Francoism’ in April 2010 whereby a
70-year-old woman after the seminar arranged to meet Platero near the school
where her first love with other girls took place. For a brief presentation of
the colloquium with an interview of Platero, see http://uned.estudiasocial.net/
seminario-uned-memoria-y-sexualidad-de-la-mujeres-bajo-el-franquismo/.
49 Cía, B. (1994), ‘310 años de cárcel para siete “skins” por asesinar a un
travestido en Barcelona’, El País, 14 July, p. 4.
50 http://www.cnt.es/noticias/la-anarquista-rosa-pazos-ha-sido-asesinada
(consulted 24 January 2011).
51 Hertz, B-S., E. Eisenberg and L. Maya Knauer (1997), ‘Queer spaces in
New York city: Places of struggle/places of strength’, in G. B. Ingram, A-M.
Bouthillette and Y. Retter (eds), Queers in Space: Communities, Public Places,
Sites of Resistance. Seattle: Bay press, pp. 356–70 (p. 358). A comparison can
be made to Paul Harfleet’s Pansy Project, the planting of a pansy at sites of
homophobic abuse in the United Kingdom.
52 Cleve Jones would eventually become Milk’s protégé and an activist in his own
right, organizing the AIDS Memorial Quilt and other queer actions in his many
years of activism in the United States.
53 Gómez, M. (2006), ‘El barrio de Lavapiés, laboratorio de interculturalidad’,
Dissidences: Hispanic Journal of Theory and Criticism, 2(1), http://www.
dissidences.org/Lavapies.html (last accessed 24 June 2011).
54 The classic image which is often reproduced is that of gays, lesbians and
trans figures demonstrating against the ‘Law of Social Dangerousness’ used
against homosexuals from 1970 onwards. This law was slowly dismantled
and eventually revoked in 1995. See the front cover of Benito Eres Rigueira,
J. and C. Villagrasa Alcaide (eds) (2008), Homosexuals i transsexuals: Els
34 Queer Cities, Queer Cultures
noted recently that equality in residences generally is a pending issue. See his
comments in Bonet, N. (2007), ‘30 años de orgullo gay en Barcelona’, http://
www.20minutos.es/noticia/247894/0/orgullo/gay/barcelona/, 15 June (accessed
2 August 2010). More generally, for Madrid as a (mainly male) gay travel
and tourist destination, see Giorgi, G. (2002), ‘Madrid En Tránsito: Travelers,
visibility, and gay identity’, GLQ: A Journal of Lesbian and Gay Studies,
8(1–2), 57–79.
68 The juxtaposition of these developments has been emphasized by many
analysts. See, for example, Pérez-Sánchez, G. (2010), ‘Transnational
conversations in migration, queer, and studies: Multimedia stories’, Revista
Canadiense de Estudios Hispánicos, 35(1), 163–84 (with thanks to Francisco
Molina Artaloytia for bringing this article to our attention).
Further reading
Houlbrook, M. (2005), Queer London: Perils and Pleasures in the Sexual
Metropolis, 1918-1957. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
Medina Doménech, R. M. (2013), Ciencia y sabiduría del amor: Una historia
cultural del franquismo, 1940–1960. Frankfurt: Iberoamericana/Vervuert.
Platero, R. (Lucas) (ed.) (2012), Intersecciones: Cuerpos y sexualidades en la
encrucijada. Barcelona: Bellaterra.
Sáez, J. and P. Vidarte (eds) (2005), Teoría queer. Políticas bolleras, maricas, trans,
mestizas. Madrid: Egales.
Trujillo, G. (2008), Deseo y Resistencia. Treinta años de movilización lesbiana en el
Estado español. Madrid: Egales.
2
Capital stories: Local
lives in queer London
Matt Cook
There is a story of gay London since the war which I want to rehearse
briefly. It somewhat contextualizes but also eludes the lives and experiences
of the three men whom I discuss in the main body of the chapter and who
elaborate other overlapping and separate queer mappings of the capital, and
show how the shifting ground of the past gets used unevenly in the present.
The story goes like this. For men in the 1950s and early 1960s, there were the
private member clubs for a ‘respectable’ middle-class set and some rougher
bars known for trade (rent boys). There were working class ‘dilly boys’ at
Piccadilly Circus and the ‘normal’ lads you might still find in one of the city’s
legendary cottages (public toilets). The threat of arrest was omnipresent and
high-profile prosecutions exposed those cottages, Mayfair flats and queer
networks linking the metropolis to stately country retreats.1 Soon, though,
the partial legalization of homosexuality in 1967, the reverberations of the
Civil Rights movement in the United States, student protest in Paris and
Women’s Liberation changed the tenor of queer life of the city – not least
in the invocation to pride and visibility. The Gay Liberation Front met for
the first time in 1970; Pride marched in 1972; Bang!, London’s first big
American style club, opened its doors on Charing Cross Road in the mid-
decade. There were, it seemed, more experiments in living, sex, drugs, art,
performance, film and literature in the city. A gay press made it easier to find
gay flat shares, gay bars and gay services in the capital and began to suggest
more fully the commercial potential of the pink pound.2
From 1981, the capital consistently had the highest incidence of HIV
and AIDS in the country. Gay Londoners and their friends and families
experienced a period of terrible loss and grief and shifting patterns of daily
Capital stories: Local lives in queer London 37
life. The latter might now involve hospital, doctor, and home visits, as well
as a recalibration of sex and social lives. This took place in the context of
Margaret Thatcher’s censorious conservative government and also a wider
homophobic backlash in the press and (opinion polls suggested) among a
wider public.3 The Greater London Council under Ken Livingstone between
1981 and 1984 and some of the labour-controlled London boroughs
(Islington, Hackney and Lambeth most famously) attempted a fight back by
pushing an equal opportunities agenda in their service provision.4 Gay pride
marches in London at the end of the decade attracted tens of thousands –
especially after the passing of the hated Section 28 in 1988, which prevented
local authorities from ‘promot[ing]’ the acceptability of homosexuality in
schools and libraries. The ensuing pride march was headed by Welsh miners,
showing support in turn after a gay and lesbian group based in London had
campaigned for them during the miners’ strike of the mid-eighties.
If gay men were commonly linked with the left in what had become
a determinedly politicized identity,5 there was a parallel, sometimes
overlapping, and certainly growing media association in the 1990s of gay
men with fashion and style, with loft-style living and with gentrification of
certain areas of the city.6 In the 1990s, many gay Londoners began to feel
less embattled as attitudes shifted. The final years of the decade and the
early years of the new century saw legal change in the direction of ‘equality’
(rather than sexual and social revolution).7 There was greater visibility on
TV and film, and in more self-confident gay villages in Soho and Vauxhall
especially. A hipster metrosexual scene around Hoxton and Shoreditch later
gained ground on the back in part of a local arts and gallery scene there.
The census of 2001 suggested that the London borough of Islington had the
second highest proportion of declared residential gay couples in the country
(at 2.26% of the population). It was second only to the city of Brighton
and Hove (at 2.67%), an hour out of London to the south and to many
a seaside extension of London’s gay and lesbian pleasures.8 The Registry
Office of the London borough of Westminster (which includes Soho) just
missed being the first in the country to conduct its 1000th civil partnership
in September 2006. Brighton and Hove again won out by a week. Civil
partnership celebrations often brought families of origin and families of
choice together in new circumstances, reflecting what some experienced as
a more convivial and live-and-let-live urban culture.9 Others felt a palpable
loss of gay community, a depolitization which unhitched gay from left
wing politics, and an accession to neo-liberal individualism and consumer
culture.10 The internet, meanwhile, brought a new virtual dimension to
socializing and cruising for sex, radically shifting London’s gay and queer
culture once more.11
This particular account of gay London, with its dates and geography,
is important in understanding gay life in the capital and identifying
reference points which most of the men I’ve interviewed over the last few
years mentioned or were surely familiar with. It suggests a shared history,
38 Queer Cities, Queer Cultures
Alan16
Alan (1932–2011) contacted me after I made a call to an older gay men’s
group in London, and I interviewed him in 2010 in the common room of his
sheltered accommodation in Hackney, east London. He reminisced chiefly
about Notting Hill in the 1950s. He had moved there from his working-class
family in Portsmouth (in England’s south-west), after accompanying his
mother from there to Paddington Station in the late 1940s and experiencing
the queer draw of the city. ‘When I went outside I saw all these black guys
walking up and down, I thought to myself “hello this is another world.” That’s
what made me come to London. I wanted to get away from Portsmouth, it
was very dreary dull; I was beginning to feel the urge I think!’ Alan’s first
employer (Hall’s Telephones) found him accommodation on Harrow Road
with a Mrs Valentine – ‘a wonderful woman’, widowed in the war and caring
now for her son and daughter alone. ‘She knew I was gay, everyone knew
I was gay. . . . I was camp and all the rest of it and I was just out and out
gay’. Alan would take lovers home (‘I know more about you than you think
I do’, she told him), and if he was not in, Mrs Valentine would let them wait
in his room. Alan encountered something that I came across frequently in
interviewees’ memories of London in the immediate post-war years – a sense
of live-and-let-live toleration and even active support in the crowded inner-
London bedsitterlands of Notting Hill, Paddington, Islington, Pimlico and
St Pancras. This nuances the broader narrative about the intolerance and
repression of the 1950s. In these areas and others, Victorian and Edwardian
terraced housing had been divided and subdivided into flats and bedsits as
middle class residents increasingly moved to the new more spacious suburbs
roughly from the 1930s onwards. While bedsitter and boarding house living
came more broadly to suggest singleness, loneliness, a rupture from family
and also proximity to the dangers of the city, Alan and other queer men
found comradeship with each other and also with landladies, landlords and
other tenants.17
Alan left Mrs Valentine’s to live with two successive boyfriends, before
being chucked out by the last and finding a place to live with Flora
Macdonald – ‘the matriarch’ of the Notting Hill queer community in the
mid-1950s. ‘She was quite eccentric, looked like cat weasel, hair and all rag-
ged beard and god knows what else, rattled along the road with her bike
and he was like the contact for people’ for sex and places to stay. ‘She knew
everybody and she gave [girls] names to a lot of them’; Alan was ‘Nelly Bag-
wash’. Flora put Alan up for 3 months, and in that period would sometimes
40 Queer Cities, Queer Cultures
go out to cut the hedge at 11 p.m.; ‘that was the time they would come out
of the shebeens [or illegal bars]. You would get the black guys coming down
the road . . . she’d bow in front of them and say “hello sexy”’. When Alan
walked past her into the house on one occasion and went to bed, Flora
guided one of these men in afterwards. ‘The next thing I knew there was
this guy stark naked . . . he jumped into bed and that was that! Good night
Diane!’ Flora and Alan seem to have associated black men with ‘a classic
stereotype of a natural, spontaneous sexuality’,18 which was not (in Alan’s
view) codified and categorized like his own and other white camp men in
his network. This was a transitional period in British sexual cultures when
it was still just possible to sleep with men and women and have a claim on
‘normality’ (not least through a repudiation of effeminacy). This compli-
cates presumptions (then and since) about a singular and separate minority
of defined homosexual men.19 For those like Alan who embraced a singular
sexual identity yet largely desired men who did not, there were repercus-
sions for the way they lived in this city. There was certainly a deep and often
enduring affection between Alan and his lovers. Girlfriends, marriage and
children nevertheless took precedence in terms of where those lovers lived
and the frequency with which they were able to see their boyfriend. Alan
saw his relationships as necessarily temporary. ‘They all got married’, he
said, ‘every one of them’. In response to this Alan suggested the need for
resourcefulness in his urban life which relied on mobility and the ability to
move on. Alan moved from Flora’s place to a flat of his own. His landlady
there disapproved of his new black boyfriend, and ‘I said “that’s it, moon-
light flit.”’ ‘It was easy, very easy’ to find places to stay he said (though his
anecdote signals the trouble black men – queer, normal or neither – were
having finding accommodation in the city at this time).
Alan described queer, drug, prostitution and Afro-Caribbean counter
cultures coming together in the bedsits, flats, streets, shebeens and cafes
of Notting Hill in the 1950s and 1960s. It seemed, he said, ‘to gel’ and
was ‘very supportive’. The black guys ‘knew our camp names’ and ‘a lot
of the landladies . . . were on the game’. ‘I remember walking down the
road one day when there were police cars around and all that’, he said.
‘This girl was running past me, saw me with my hair and goodness knows
what else, grabbed hold of me by the arm, dragged me down the steps of
a basement in through the door . . . and there I was staying the night with
all these prostitutes around me . . . running around in their blinkin’ bras
and knickers’. Pre-internet and pre-gay press, the cogency and tangibility
of neighbourhood and neighbourhood networks were perhaps especially
significant for men like Alan.20 ‘We used to have parties [in flats and houses]
in the 1960s’, he said. ‘We used to have three big parties a year and we used
to tell people when we would have the next one; all these people would
turn up. It was wonderful. We didn’t have technology like today, but we
got speakers around the walls, connected together – sound coming from
different directions’. Though new queer venues with small dance floors like
Capital stories: Local lives in queer London 41
the Candy Bar in Soho opened in the sixties, Alan and these other party-
goers perhaps found more licence on a domestic party circuit.
Alan joined the Campaign for Homosexual Equality (CHE) in the early
1970s. The local group was part of his social circuit and he DJ-ed for
them as well as for the Gay Liberation Front (in a not infrequent – though
infrequently described – cross-over between the groups). At one event in a
west London church hall, ‘in came the blinking GLF. God, dear me, they were
all in drag. Dancing on pews – trust them!’, he said laughing. He seemed to
relish this, just as he relished being with a colleague when he was working
in the canteen at insurers Lloyds of London during this period: ‘Rose was in
her 50s; very very camp; I think she was meant to be a woman . . . [in the
canteen] she was dancing . . . singing . . . slapping the lettuce on the plates.
Oh wonderful times! Lloyds’, said Alan, ‘was another gay community . . .
very camp it was. A lot of the underwriters were gay’.
The West End didn’t feature in Alan’s social life, as our overarching
narrative at the outset suggested it might. ‘I think the nearest [I got] was
Speaker’s Corner’ – a place where he went to listen to CHE speakers. Neither
did he find much of a social scene in Hackney – where he moved in the mid-
1970s for a place to live after a relationship break up. ‘There was some gay
community going on [in the 1980s]’, he said. ‘There were three gay pubs in
Kingsland Road; there was a lesbian pub in Stoke Newington High Street,
which is now a Tesco. . . . I used to go to them at one time, which wasn’t
too bad, but they all closed down. There has been nothing since but the
isolation I feel in Hackney’. For Alan, what was key was what was local and
accessible, a tangible sense of community and belonging on his doorstep or
in his workplace. In his sheltered accommodation ‘they all know I’m gay
and they are all very friendly, we have a laugh and a joke. But it’s not the
same thing’, he said; ‘I should be with my own’.
Alan contrasted Notting Hill in the 1950s with the Portsmouth of his
youth and with the Hackney of his middle and older age. Through this he
articulated the dullness of life in Portsmouth (long past its queer heyday
in the early twentieth century) and the loneliness and sense of insecurity
he felt in east London. Talking about Notting Hill was in part a way of
explaining what felt wrong to him about being gay in these other places.21
The day I interviewed Alan, he had been watching Tales of the City – the
adaptation of the first of Armistead Maupin novel about a boarding house
in San Francisco in the 1970s. ‘It did remind me of my time in Notting Hill’,
he said.
Alan’s feeling of support, safety, fun and adventure in Notting Hill during
the 1950s and 1960s supersede other ways that he might have talked about
life in the area in this period. Aside from the brief reference to the racist
landlady, he did not mention everyday racism and Teddy Boy animosity and
attacks which culminated in racial riots of 1958 and gave the area a fresh
notoriety.22 The absence of those feelings of belonging and safety for him
later in Hackney – not least after he was severely beaten up in a homophobic
42 Queer Cities, Queer Cultures
attack – meant that local tensions and socio-economic realities came into
sharper focus. They were, of course, also more immediate. ‘I do not suffer in
silence’, he said, ‘I went to a meeting last week and [we talked about] what
LGBT people would like to find in Hackney, [so that it is] a better place to
grow old in . . . I remember way back the Porchester Drag Queen Balls, in
Porchester Hall in Queensway. I thought we could do something [like that]
here. I would like to see something like that come back, it is part of gay
history’. These regular balls ran from the late 1960s to the mid-1980s and
were highlights of the trans calendar. What Alan described in his search for
community was a desire to bind such pasts into the present, to recoup a
sense of a queer London to which he felt he could belong. Part of the sadness
for him was that that milieu had shifted: the particular countercultures
and countercultural cross-overs he enjoyed were no longer part of street
and home life in gentrified Notting Hill or for that matter Hackney. More
broadly, his particular queer identification and way of being queer was
perhaps no longer so readily anchored in particular places and scenes in the
city. Yvonne Sinclair, who has compiled a website with images of drag balls
and events of the 1970s and early 1980s, writes: ‘It’s sad to think that all this
has now been lost; all the gaiety and exuberance of those times and these
venues are now just memories’.23
Alan reminds us that age and generation are centrally at stake in the way
the queer city and particular areas within it are experienced as embracing
or alienating, as enabling or disabling. Alan had heard that Hoxton and
Shoreditch ‘had become very arty’, but though he mentioned it as an area
that might resonate with his experience of Notting Hill, he didn’t engage
with what was a younger scene. The city and areas within it changed over
this half-century, but so did Alan: he was perceived and perceived himself
differently at different moments. Feelings of belonging and safety in the city
shifted too in consequence.
Michael24
Michael came of age in the early 1960s having been born and bought up
in London between the homes of his parents, grandparents and aunt. He
was not an incomer to the city as Alan had been and describes a sense of
rootedness there and the importance of that to him – tracing his ancestry in
the city back to Huguenot immigrants from France in the seventeenth century.
Relations are knitted into Michael’s account of his life in London with some
resentment (for mother and sister) and also with enduring allegiance and
a sense of responsibility (for his aunt and nieces and nephew). Michael’s
parents had an unhappy marriage and led ‘a double life’ through much of
the 1950s, modelling domestic unity to his father’s Ford motor company
employers and telling Michael not to let on about their disharmony to school
friends. They finally divorced when Michael was in his late teens. In an era
Capital stories: Local lives in queer London 43
when outward respectability was at a premium for many, double lives were
not only a feature of queer experience. This also perhaps led Michael in the
opposite direction: his avowed bisexuality in the 1960s was not something
he kept secret, even though pre-1970 that did not mean the same thing as
being ‘out’ in a post gay liberationist sense.
At 18 he moved in with a (straight) school friend in Bayswater just
adjacent to Hyde Park. ‘We paid a pittance and it was a fabulous flat . . .
you could live in central London relatively cheaply [in the 1960s]’, he
said. Throughout that decade and much of the two that followed, parts of
central London remained affordable prior to and during an uneven process
of gentrification. This allowed artists, students, and others without much
money to make a home there. Filmmaker Derek Jarman, for example, lived
in warehouses along the South Bank in the 1960s and 1970s for virtually
nothing in a period when counterculture ‘spread and entrenched itself . . .
often in the empty spaces that economic change or decline had opened up
in the run-down inner cit[y]’.25 The suburbs where his parents lived were,
Jarman felt, determinedly straight and represented convention, casting the
centre in a more bohemian and dissident light. This conceptual urban split
informed Michael’s conception of the city too.26 During this period Michael
saw director Federico Fellini’s La Dolce Vita in an arts cinema in Edgware
Road. That film, together with an invitation from the brother of a close
school friend and new friendships with two Italians in London, drew him to
Rome and a lifelong affinity with the city. ‘This was the place for me’, he said.
Gay life felt much easier for him there and in Paris and Amsterdam – cities
he also visited frequently in the 1960s. ‘You could often spot gay men on
the Friday night ferry to Holland’, he said, while cheap flights to Paris from
a small airport in Kent allowed him to go 19 times in one year. These cities
represented and offered a greater sense of freedom and possibility to Michael
and were an antidote to aspects of queer life in London. His experience
of the latter was sometimes tarnished by suspicion, the risk of arrest and
blackmail, and a restricted sense of openness. ‘You even had to go abroad
to get a gay listings of London. You couldn’t find one at home’, he said. If
risks haunted those other European cities too and if discretion was surely
needed there as in London for many, these things were less keenly felt by a
weekender from another country. Michael’s queer map thus extended and
still extends well beyond London and links into these and other cities where
friendships were forged and to which lovers moved. This queer Europeanism
has a history. Queer and usually wealthy or privileged Englishmen had
frequently turned to the continent in the preceding half century and more.27
But this accelerated post war in a growing trend for gay weekending –
facilitated latterly by the deregulation of the European air industry in 1992
and the resulting advance of cheap airlines like Easyjet (from 1995).
Michael lived in Rome for 18 months, returning at 21 because his
mother was terminally ill and his aunt very sick. He took a caring role
with her – ‘I always thought I owed her’, he said. There was not the rupture
44 Queer Cities, Queer Cultures
from family that Alan and others experienced and there was a continuity
in such relationships. Michael’s aunt had long paid for him to go to
the opera, to classical music, and had bought him a membership to the
National Film Theatre, fostering these passions in him. The opera house,
other music venues, and the NFT were and continue to be an important
part of his map of the city. Michael didn’t associate this in interview with
a queer sensibility as others have done, however, but rather with that
family link.28 Places in the city that at face value have queer resonances
might be valued for quite other reasons.
While Alan described the significance of local community in London,
Michael was more wide ranging not only in his reach beyond the city but
also in the way he moved around within it. He talked of unofficial queer sex
venues – of the Biograph (or Biogrope as it was known) Cinema at Victoria
and an old Jewish theatre in the East End, which for a short period showed
porn films to packed houses of men who had heard about the place by
word of mouth (it was closed down after a police raid on a night Michael
couldn’t go). Michael felt the homoerotics of the city streets in this period
too (the backward glances and shop-window lingering) and describes a
cottaging circuit on the Circle Line of the Underground. ‘You used to buy
a ticket and every Circle Line station had a loo’. He earned enough to run
a car and to be part of a ‘car circuit’ in which men drove out of central
London to cruising grounds distant from the underground network (to
parts of Hampstead Heath, for example). Though he knew there were risks
associated with such activity, he also felt that in the sixties ‘it was easy and
relatively safe’. Contrary to the broader story of progressive liberalism, it was
in the following decade that he heard of more muggings and attacks on gay
people – possibly because a more overt gay subculture made gay men (in his
words) ‘easy prey’; possibly also because a new gay press drew attention to
assaults that might previously have gone unnoticed or unreported. What
Michael marks out – like Alan – is a shifting sense of safety and possibility
in the city streets, and perhaps unexpectedly a greater feeling of security
for him prior to – rather than after – the change in the law in 1967 which
partially legalized sex between men. Another interviewee, on the other hand,
having had a brush with the law in the 1950s, remained nervous until then:
it was only in 1967 that Rex and his partner bought a double bed and had it
delivered to their East Dulwich home after 15 years together. They worried
even then about the police and about the judgement of neighbours. ‘It was a
hell of a statement to make’, he said.29
Michael recalls parties and gatherings in houses which were different from
the ones Alan remembers or which another interviewee, Angus, enjoyed with
young hippies, punk, musicians and artists in the late 1960s and early 1970s
(and which he credits in part with politicizing him). Some parties Michael
went to in that same period were attended by younger and older men who,
he says, were quite predatory. ‘There were these older [privileged] men . . .
who had these lock ins’ to prevent younger guests escaping (their clutches
Capital stories: Local lives in queer London 45
or with their possessions perhaps – either way there could be on both sides
suspicion and a sense of danger). For some of the younger men – who
weren’t necessarily gay – there were ‘business opportunities [and] holiday
trips’. As in the earlier decade, it wasn’t only homosexual men who partook
in London’s queer life. If 1950s and early 1960s sociology suggested isolated
men who in the words of one ‘st[oo]d apart’,30 this was not the story that
emerged through Michael and other interviewees’ narratives. They describe
more wide-ranging everyday social and sexual contact. The queer urban
scene as Michael remembers it involved cross-generational patronage and
also class mobility which, he felt, waned from the 1970s as the gay scene
became bigger and more anonymous. ‘You could cross the class barriers
if you were gay in London forty or fifty years ago’. ‘The gay scene was
much smaller then’, he explained, ‘and if you could be trusted to be discrete
and not to blackmail you could be invited to parties and to dinner’ – and
sometimes four or five times a week (a figure he compares to the four or five
times a year for him in more recent years). Michael thus described a close
domestic social circuit forged in the context of wariness and danger but
which yet brought new opportunities for some.
If the GLF was a key marker in the narrative I outlined at the start and
was in some ways personally important to Alan, for Michael at 27 and in
full-time work, it was peripheral. He went on the first pride march through
central London in 1972, but was ‘on the fringe, mainly because of my
lifestyle; I was very busy at work’. Instead, he described ‘a massive shift’
ushered in by the new American style clubs – Bang! and later Heaven. They
were as important in stories of visibility and growing confidence to some
gay men as the GLF was to others,31 and became the new focus of Michael’s
social life after the ‘little dives that came and went’ in Sloane Square, Soho,
Covent Garden and Victoria – ‘places with tiny dance floors where you
would be separated if you danced too close to another man, and where
there was always an elderly woman in attendance!’ The new clubs were, he
said, ‘like a damn bursting’.
Like Alan and Angus, Michael lived in the late 1960s and early 1970s in
Notting Hill, but then and following his subsequent move to Islington (and
in with a long-term boyfriend), it was not counterculture but a commercial
scene which drew him. This was a scene which from the 1970s increasingly
focused on Soho and the West End (as Earls Court, further west gained
a more niche clone and leather reputation). The 1970s represented for
Michael a narrow window of particular freedom and possibility: after partial
legalization, and with the GLF and the new club scene, yet before AIDS. The
disease, he said, ‘changed London’s social and sexual culture’. Included in
Michael’s weekly circuit in the 1980s were now visits to ‘buddies’ allocated
by the Terrence Higgins Trust (the first and largest AIDS charity in the
United Kingdom) and to the London Lighthouse – the AIDS hospice and
respite centre in Ladbroke Grove, adjacent to Notting Hill, which opened
in 1986 despite local protest.32 One of the things he remembers through this
46 Queer Cities, Queer Cultures
Ajamu X33
Ajamu moved to Brixton, south London in 1987 at the age of 23. He had
been living in Leeds with a girlfriend before coming to London and attending
the first black gay men’s conference in Islington in 1987. Soon after he
moved with a friend into a council-owned short-life property managed by
the Brixton Housing Co-op. It had no bath and so Ajamu used the bathroom
of a friend living in one of the converted flats that had formerly been part of
a gay squatting community between 1973 and 1983.34 Ajamu became active
in the co-op, forging friendships with members of the gay subgroup as well
as with activists and journalists working on the radical anti-racist monthly
Race Today, which had offices in the same building. He describes his artistic,
Capital stories: Local lives in queer London 47
black and gay identities, and his politics, developing in relation to each other
partly through the physical proximity of these organizations, people and
places – and his easy movement between them.
Ajamu talks about feeling anchored in Brixton by a number of factors.
First by the housing co-op and the history of the immediate area – including
that of the gay squatting community, of the radical women’s and black
press, and also of an underground black queer scene with local cruising
spots and an illegal shebeen run in the 1970s by bisexual black artist Pearl
Alcock in Railton Road. Pearl’s was also discussed by some of the (almost
exclusively white) squatters. ‘There I was’, said Paul, an Australian squatter,
‘a terrified little white boy being sensually samba’d around by a gorgeous
black man who of course was having great fun mocking me and, at the end
of the basement room, Pearl was ensconced with her little record player
playing 45s, seeming so much like some African queen’.35 Cultural stories
about blackness and about a fantasized Africa shaped Paul’s experience and
memories of Pearl’s bar. It was given a different inflection in the black queer
history Ajamu recounted as he guided me around Brixton’s and a geography
invisible to me until then. Pearl’s was not in Ajamu’s account an exotic
‘other’ place but one of the very few places in Brixton which comfortably
accommodated black queer men in the 1970s.
Secondly, Ajamu suggested the significance to his sense of belonging in
Brixton of an alternative and more mixed commercial gay scene locally,
which he experienced directly as it emerged in the early 1990s. He remembers
black gay nights at the Fridge nightclub and Substation South, for example.
Finally, Ajamu noted the lasting local impact of the Greater London
Council’s work with artists, and gay and minority ethnic groups under
Livingstone’s leadership between 1981 and 1984 and Lambeth Council’s
status throughout the 1980s as one of London’s so-called loony left local
councils.36 Ajamu said that Brixton (which sits within Lambeth), ‘shaped
my politics’; it attracted ‘outsiderness’: ‘if you are black and gay they merge
in Brixton’. There is a muted echo of this in the testimony of gentrifiers in
the 1990s who moved to the area not only for ‘bargain Victoriana’ but also
for ‘new urban experiences’ associated with Brixton’s multiculturalism and
countercultural reputation.37 One of the women interviewed in a comparison
of three gentrified areas of south London in the late 1990s valued Brixton’s
‘very diverse population’ more than the reputation of local schools (a draw
to incomers to the other south London areas). ‘We don’t stick out here as
two women living together’, she said. Another remarked that ‘the best thing
about living here is that it’s an open community. . . . There’s no norm’.38
There is a marked hybridity in the way Ajamu has lived out his queer life
in Brixton and London,39 and this does not quite map onto wider perceptions
of what ‘gay’ looks like in the city. He describes a certain invisibility as a
black gay man in Brixton because of perceptions of what gay was and still
is conceived to be and which I touched on at the outset. White and more
effeminate friends get more trouble than he ever has, he said. By the same
48 Queer Cities, Queer Cultures
token, doormen have been suspicious of Ajamu trying to get into gay bars
and clubs in the West End. ‘Do you know what kind of club this is?’ they
asked; ‘in Brixton I have never had this kind of problem’.
Ajamu moved into a smaller co-op flat share in 1992. From there he ran
parties for the Black Breakfast Club and the Black Perverts Network. For
the latter, he explained as we sat in the flat’s main room: ‘where you’re sat
now this was the chillout area, kitchen was bar area, downstairs was sex
area’. He put on photographic exhibitions of his work in the main room
(renamed the Parlour Gallery for that purpose) and used the same space as
part of a HIV testing campaign, and to develop a black gay history archive,
rukus! (now held by the London Metropolitan Archives and one of a number
of LGBT collections in archives across London – including at Bishopsgate
Institute and London School of Economics – which form a further queer
urban and historically inflected network).
Concepts and experiences of family – or origin and choice – are significant
too in the way Ajamu thinks about his flat and its place in Brixton. There
are reciprocal visits with his family of origin in Huddersfield, Yorkshire
(northern England). His mother arrived at his current flat insisting he
get net curtains – a hallmark of a respectability that is important to her
and, Ajamu suggests, first-generation Afro-Caribbean immigrants more
broadly. His family of origin continue to use his given name, Carlton,
when he goes back. Ajamu is a name and identity he associates specifically
with his life in London and his political, artistic and queer identities there.
These names and identities are not mutually exclusive, though, and he
described in the interview how he holds them together. Of his family of
choice Ajamu notes that ‘with the black gay community [we have] kind of
adoptive sons [to] look out for . . . [we’re known as] dad, or grandma, we
create a family frame of reference. The black community do this. I’m not
sure about other communities’. Ajamu talks of his ‘daughters’ who live in
Brixton, Streatham, and ‘one [who] lives in the States now’. ‘They spend
time, come here and cook, so daughters might turn up: “hi mum how you
are doing?” and just come and cook’. His home is an easy part of their
queer urban circuit. ‘I was walking down Brixton escalator the other day
and one of my granddaughter’s came up and said “how are you doing
Grandma?” ’ This relates for him to a specific sense of solidarity forged
through black and gay identifications and reflects and reproduces caring
roles he sees as characteristic of the wider Afro-Caribbean community.40
We might also observe something similar in Alan’s camp world in the
1950s in which, for example, he was taken in by the older queer Notting
Hill matriarch, Flora.
The fusion of influences from the preceding years come together in
Ajamu’s flat, and like the earlier squats, it had and continues to have several
functions in Ajamu’s sexual, artistic, social, familial, cultural and political
life. He differentiates this from the commercial scene in Soho, which helped
put London on the international gay tourist map in the 1990s and which
Capital stories: Local lives in queer London 49
is such a prominent feature of the capital’s gay history. Here Ajamu felt
objectified and the area was associated for him with a different incarnation
of gay identity to the one he felt comfortable with and which mapped onto
Brixton rather the city centre. The extent to which each of my interviewees
formulate their sense of queer or gay self-hood and community in the city
in partial opposition to other formations associated with other places and
also other times is striking. This is not to say these scenes were mutually
exclusive: though in the 1990s I associated with Duckie at the Vauxhall
Tavern (that enduring performance and dance ‘alternative’ to the West
End), I actually went to Soho as often: it was near work and later near
home too.
Ajamu sees his generation and the particular artistic and political
milieu he moved into in Brixton as different from the lives of his younger
‘daughters’ and ‘granddaughters’. ‘I’m in my 40s and am probably artistic
and leftfield. . . . Friends in their 20s – as far as they are concerned the
battle has been won. . . . My younger friends have their own apartments,
they don’t live co-operatively; while I live in an independent house I am
still part of a community. . . . [My] younger friends live in individual units’.
Ajamu, like Alan and Michael before him, identifies changes in urban queer
life within his life course. He and the others also suggest how frequently we
measure others in the present through the prism of our memories of past
social forms, places and people. In this way, queer London is never only of
its moment, but is understood, assessed and experienced through a tacking
back and forth across time, drawing earlier experiences and ideas into the
present with varying degrees of joy, nostalgia, relief, regret and grief.
I didn’t interview Ajamu’s younger friends and so haven’t accrued a sense
of where their urban community lies. What is certain, though, is that feelings
of community arise at different times and in different places in the city, can be
fleeting or enduring and can be encompassing or just a part, perhaps a small
part, of daily life.41 My interviewees were often right in observing the demise
of the communal forms in the city that they had enjoyed, but that doesn’t
mean that other newer queer communities didn’t coalesce subsequently
there. For those of earlier generations, these may be harder to see because
they are formed in a different light, in different places, and in different ways
(most obviously the internet). So, while by the 1980s many of the squatters
in Brixton felt that they had lost something from their heyday in the 1970s,
a different configuration of circumstances allowed for the development of
another, differently formulated, differently valuable, differently politicized
sense of community. This has held Ajamu in the area for 25 years.
Conclusion
The Guildhall in the City of London was built in the mid-fifteenth century on
the site of what was the largest Roman amphitheatre in Britain. Remnants
50 Queer Cities, Queer Cultures
of that amphitheatre can still be seen in the basement of the building, while
upstairs is the historic Guildhall itself with an adjoining art gallery displaying
paintings associated with London’s history and most especially the pomp of
the City’s mayors and visiting dignitaries. In February 2013, the London
Metropolitan Archive convened its 10th Annual LGBT history conference
here, coinciding with the annual LGBT History Month celebrations. Both
signalled and showcased a resurgence in historical consciousness among
LGBT groups and individuals. A profusion of community history projects
were presented at the conference – on the Pink Singers, on gay British Asian
experience, on gay Brighton, Bristol and Manchester, and the Campaign for
Homosexual Equality (CHE). The conference proceedings took place in the
astonishing Guildhall itself, speakers and participants flanked by pictures
of visiting royals in some of the worst 1970s fashions imaginable. Viewed
in the context of this particular conference, our Royals seemed especially
camp. The day ended with a private view of Ajamu’s photographic exhibition
‘Fierce’ – his portrait series of Black British born queer men and women
under 35. They were hung in the central gallery – adjacent to others hung
with very different art indeed. There was a sense of this place being queered,
as others had been over previous years through casual everyday actions or
through self-consciousness activism.
The multifaceted projects showcased at the conference, the different
faces in Ajamu’s exhibition of black queer men and women, and the
queering of the Guildhall suggest some of the problems and possibilities
of charting the history of queer London since the war. There are loosely
shared coordinates – knowledge of the same queer and queered places, of
moments of collective celebration and grief, of urban icons like Oscar Wilde
or Quentin Crisp and the paths they trod. But we negotiate and respond
to these things in distinctive ways, value some over others, and draw other
people and places into the mix. We find ourselves either identifying or not
identifying with them because of other imperatives in our lives associated
with our jobs, income and aspirations; with proximity to or distance from
family; with being an insider or incomer to the city; with being white,
being black, being politicized or not; having faith or not; with having
children or not. My queer London in the first part of this century included
playgrounds and parks in and around Stoke Newington, north London,
as I was looking after my kids. While they were playing on the swings,
I’d sometimes spot the other gay parent – not so very hard to find in
that area as it happened, and in a period marked by greater visibility and
broadening possibilities for lesbian and gay parenting, including – from
2002 – adoption. The children’s secondary school marks LGBT history
month with a special concert. The school is now also part of the way I map
the capital somewhat queerly.
This profusion of queer stories and mappings of London does not wholly
displace the narrative I opened this chapter with. I’ve suggested that that
Capital stories: Local lives in queer London 51
Notes
1 On these points see especially: Higgins, P. (1996), Heterosexual Dictatorship:
Male Homosexuality in Postwar Britain. London: Fourth Estate; Houlbrook,
M. (2005), Queer London: Perils and Pleasures in the Sexual Metropolis,
1918–1957. Chicago: University of Chicago Press; Cook, M. (ed.) (2007),
A Gay History of Britain: Love and Sex Between Men Since the Middle Ages.
Oxford: Greenwood World, ch. 5.
2 On these points see: Cook (2007), ch. 6.
3 Watney, S. (1986), Policing Desire: Pornography, AIDS and the Media.
London: Comedia; Cook (2007), ch. 6.
4 Cooper, D. (1992), ‘Off the banner and onto the agenda: The emergence of
a new municipal lesbian and gay politics, 1979–1986’, Critical Social Policy,
36, 20–39.
5 Robinson, L. (2007), Gay Men and the Left in Post-War Britain: How the
Personal Got Political. Manchester: Manchester University Press.
6 Butler, T. and G. Robson (2001), ‘Social change, gentrification and
neighbourhood change in London: A comparison of three areas of south
London’, Urban Studies, 38, 2145–62.
7 From 1997 foreign partners of lesbians and gays were given immigration
rights on the same basis as straight couples, and from 2000 gays and lesbians
were allowed to serve in the military. The age of consent was equalized at 16
in 2001 and joint and step adoption by gay and lesbians introduced in 2002.
Section 28 was repealed in 2003 and discrimination in employment on the
basis of sexual orientation outlawed in the same year. Civil Partnerships for
gay and lesbians were introduced in 2005; marriage in 2014.
52 Queer Cities, Queer Cultures
8 Both figures are likely to be significantly lower than the actual numbers.
Duncan, S. and D. Smith (June 2006), Individuation versus the Geography of
‘New’ Families. London: South Bank University, http://www.lsbu.ac.uk/ahs/
downloads/families/familieswp19.pdf.
9 Weeks, J. (2007), The World We Have Won: The Remaking of Erotic and
Intimate Life. London: Routledge, ch. 7.
10 Penn, D. (2002), ‘The New Heteronormativity: The sexual politics of neo-
liberalism’, in Russ Castronon (ed.), Materializing Democracy: Towards a
Revitalised Cultural Politics. Durham: Duke University Press.
11 Cocks, H. (2009), Classified: The Secret History of the Personal Column.
London: Random House Books, 183; Weeks (2007), p. 160.
12 For a queer problematization of lesbian and gay community history and
community building through history see: Herring, S. (2007), Queering the
Underworld: Slumming, Literature, and the Undoing of Lesbian and Gay
History. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
13 Weeks (2007).
14 On this point see: Bravmann, S. (1997), Queer Fictions of the Past: History,
Culture, and Difference. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, p. 127.
15 On this approach to history and the past see especially: Samuel, R. and
P. Thompson (1990), The Myths We Live By. London: Routledge.
16 This section draws in part on chapter 5 of: Cook, M. (2014), Queer
Domesticities: Homosexuality and Home Life in Twentieth Century London.
Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan. All quotes are from my interview with Alan
in June 2010.
17 White, J. (2001), London in the Twentieth Century: A City and Its People.
London: Viking, p. 95; Mort, F. (2010), Capital Affairs: London and the
Making of the Permissive Society. New Haven: Yale University Press, p. 109;
Cook (2014), sec. III. On the associations of London bedsits see: Armstrong,
M. (2011), ‘A Room in Chelsea: Quentin crisp at home’, Visual Culture in
Britain, 12(2), 155–69.
18 Weeks (2007), p. 46; Mort (2010), pp. 132–6.
19 On this point see: Waters, C. and M. Houlbrook (2006), ‘The Heart in Exile:
Detachment and Desire in 1950s London’, History Workshop Journal,
62 (Autumn), 142–63.
20 See: Holmes, C. (2005), The Other Notting Hill. Studley: Brewin.
21 On the comparative dimensions of memory see: Hirsch, M. and V. Smith
(2002), ‘Feminism and Cultural Memory: An introduction’, Signs, 28(1) (Fall),
1–1912.
22 Miles, R. (1984), ‘The Riots of 1958: Notes on the ideological construction of
“race relations” as a political issue in Britain’, Immigrants and Minorities, 3(3),
252–75.
23 See: http://www.yvonnesinclair.co.uk/ (consulted 26 March 2013).
24 All quotes from Michael are taken from my interview with him in July 2011 and
a later conversation in April 2013 after he reviewed an early draft of this piece.
Capital stories: Local lives in queer London 53
25 Beckett, A. (2009), When the Lights Went Out: Britain in the Seventies.
London: Faber, p. 245.
26 For more on this conceptual divide see: Dines, M. (2009), Gay Suburban
Narratives in British and American Film and Fiction: Homecoming Queens.
Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan; Jarman, D. (1991), Modern Nature:
The Journals of Derek Jarman. London: Century, pp. 192, 196; Hodge, S.
(1995), ‘No Fags Out There: Gay men, identity and suburbia’, Journal of
Interdisciplinary Gender Studies, 1(1), 41–8; Giles, J. (2004), The Parlour
and the Suburb: Domestic Identities, Class, Femininity and Modernity.
Oxford: Berg.
27 See, for example: Aldrich, R. (1993), The Seduction of the Mediterranean:
Writing, Art and Homosexual Fantasy. London: Routledge.
28 On this point see: Dyer, R. (2001), Culture of Queers. London: Routledge;
Halperin, D. M. (2012), How to Be Gay. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University
Press.
29 Rex, interview, 2010.
30 See: Rees, J. T. (ed.) (1955), They Stand Apart. A Critical Survey of the
Problems of Homosexuality. London: Heinemann.
31 On this point see: Burton, P. (1985), Parallel Lives. London: GMP.
32 ‘Protest at AIDS hostel’, Evening Standard, 14 August 1986.
33 This section draws in part on chapter 7 of: Cook (2014). Citation is taken
from my interview with Ajamu X in May 2011.
34 See: Cook, M. (2011), ‘“Gay Times”: Identity, locality, memory, and the
Brixton squats in 1970’s London’, Journal of Twentieth Century British
History, 24(1), (2013): 84–109.
35 Peter in a letter to Ian Townson, 17 January 1997. Ian Townson Collection,
Hall Carpenter Archive, London School of Economics.
36 Cooper (1992).
37 Butler and Robson (2001), p. 2156.
38 Ibid.
39 Gilroy, P. (2004), After Empire: Melancholia or Convivial Culture? London:
Routledge.
40 This is something Mary Chamberlain observes in relation to familial dynamics
in the West Indies. Chamberlain, M. (1998), ‘Brothers and Sisters, Uncles and
Aunts: A lateral perspective on Caribbean families’, in S. Silva and C. Smart
(eds), The New Family? Thousand Oaks: Sage.
41 On such fluctuations in experiences of community see: Stockton, K. B. (2006),
Beautiful Bottom, Beautiful Shame: Where ‘Black’ Meets ‘Queer’. Durham:
Duke University Press, Introduction.
42 Dinshaw, C. (1999), Getting Medieval: Sexualities and Communities, Pre- and
Postmodern. Durham: Duke University Press.
43 Bartlett, N. (1987), Who Was that Man? A Present for Mr Oscar Wilde.
London: Serpent’s Tale.
54 Queer Cities, Queer Cultures
Further reading
Cook, M. (ed.) (2007), A Gay History of Britain: Love and Sex Between Men Since
the Middle Ages. Oxford: Greenwood World.
—(2014), Queer Domesticities: Homosexuality and Home Life in Twentieth
Century London. Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan.
Cooper, D. (1992), ‘Off the Banner and onto the Agenda: The emergence of a
new municipal lesbian and gay politics, 1979–1986’, Critical Social Policy, 36,
20–39.
Gardiner, J. (2003), From the Closet to the Silver Screen: Women at the Gateways
Club 1945–1985. London: Pandora.
Higgins, P. (1996), Heterosexual Dictatorship: Male Homosexuality in Postwar
Britain. London: Fourth Estate.
Hornsey, R. (2010), The Spiv and the Architect: Unruly Life in Postwar London.
Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.
Houlbrook, M. (2005), Queer London: Perils and Pleasures in the Sexual
Metropolis, 1918-1957. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
Jennings, R. (2007), A Lesbian History of Britain: Love and Sex Between Women
Since 1500. London: Greenwood.
Jivani, A. (1997), It’s Not Unusual: A History of Lesbian and Gay Britain in the
Twentieth Century. Bloomington: Indiana University Press.
Mort, F. (2010), Capital Affairs: London and the Making of the Permissive Society.
New Haven: Yale University Press.
Power, L. (1995), No Bath But Plenty of Bubbles: Stories from the London Gay
Liberation Front, 1970–73. London: Cassel.
Robinson, L. (2007), Gay Men and the Left in Post-War Britain: How the Personal
Got Political. Manchester: Manchester University Press.
Waters, C. and M. Houlbrook (2006), ‘The Heart in Exile: Detachment and desire
in 1950s London’, History Workshop Journal, 62 (Autumn), 142–63.
3
The queer road to Frisind:
Copenhagen 1945–2012
Peter Edelberg
In 1989, the first legally recognized male couple in the world, Axel and
Eigil Axgil, hit newspaper front pages all over the world. Having been
together for nearly 40 years and being two prominent homophile activists,
fellow activists had asked them to be among the first couples to enter into
a ‘registered partnership’ as it was called. The two elderly men kissing in a
carriage in front of Copenhagen City Hall reinforced the idea that this was
what gays and lesbians had always wanted, and finally justice had prevailed.
The pictures cemented the idea of Danish frisind, which more or less means
liberal-mindedness. The idea of 1989 as the year of justice for homosexuals
and of Danish frisind has perhaps been retold too many times and thus
has become too one-sided and unnuanced. The traditional story is a liberal
one – with stable identity categories and an overall sense of progress. While
not completely wrong, this story can be usefully complicated and queered
by acknowledging differing subjectivities, discontinuities in experience
over time, and the role of discipline and surveillance in the creation of
contemporary gay subjects. I take this queerer perspective in this chapter
by presenting a mapping of (mainly male) queer Copenhagen in the period
from 1945 to the present with special focus on male prostitution. I trace the
major changes in legal frameworks as well as analysing how the queer scene
shifted, and I argue that the fundamental change in queer life has been in
subjectivities rather than circumstances. Even though the social context has
changed dramatically, what queer men want has changed even more. This
leads us to rethink the relationship between liberation and normalization
and to question the story that takes us from oppression to freedom over
the course of the post-war period or sets the Stonewall riots of 1969 and
56 Queer Cities, Queer Cultures
the advent of ideas of Queer Nationhood and Queer Theory in the early
1990s as pivotal moments in Danish queer history. We need to take different
periods on their own terms: the queer subject of the 1950s was not the
same as that of later decades; possibilities have simultaneously widened and
narrowed. The subcultural scenes of the 1950s accommodated a range of
legal and illegal acts and desires, feeding a diversity of queer practices and
identities. In later decades, I show, the queer subject was more disciplined,
but was freer from legal limits and prohibitions.
Bar life
We know little about Copenhagen’s gay culture in the inter-war period.
A few of Copenhagen’s homosexual bars can be traced back to the time
before World War I (Bycaféen – today Cancan – and Centralhjørnet, for
example), but we don’t know anything about the clientele until much later.
A pamphlet from 1910 described a bar in Jorck’s Passage, where ‘young
lads’ with ‘disgusting inclinations’ and ‘older folk of obviously degenerated
demeanour’ were said to meet.1 In 1924, the Supreme Court disbanded the
homosexual social club, Nekkab, which had existed since 1919. Later in
the 1920s, police allowed homosexual bars to exist – although they kept
them under surveillance. An article from 1925 in the scandal-mongering
magazine Illustreret Kriminal-Tidende apparently written by a homosexual
man under the name ‘Lydia’ describes a couple of homosexual cafés in
Copenhagen where the ambience was ‘tasteful and noble’.2 Other bars had
a more shadowy character. A police observation report described the bar
Hansa in Badstuestræde frequented by ‘homosexualists’ (of both sexes),
‘piss house boys’, female prostitutes with their pimps, criminals and other
‘scum of the city’.3
These are the first clues for historians to an organized homosexual scene
in Copenhagen. Before that time there were no bars, clubs, organizations,
magazines or the like. We know that so-called pederasts had met in private
circles from the first quarter of the nineteenth century, and that a certain
park was used as a meeting spot since the second half of the same century
(Ørsted’s Park is still a main cruising area for gay men in Copenhagen).
Homosexual city life in the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries was
mostly a street affair. Homosexual men and ‘normal’ teenage boys benefitted
from each other sexually, economically and socially.4 In 1930, a new Penal
Code decriminalized sodomy but set the age of consent for homosexual
conduct at 18, whereas for heterosexual conduct it was 15. The Code also
criminalized male prostitutes, whereas female prostitution was legal as long
as the woman had some kind of ordinary job as well. The decriminalization
seems to have gone relatively unnoticed by homosexuals as well as the rest
of the public, but had major significance as it set the tone of the debate on
‘the homosexual question’ in decades to come.
The Queer Road to Frisind: Copenhagen 1945–2012 57
The Bellman Basement was more “posh” than the other places. It was a
long room, and you had to walk up some steps and open the door and
just take a view of the crowd. . . . After you had been there, you hurried
over to Fortuna – which was more unrestrained. Someone sat there and
pounded on a piano – he was called the Beetroot. There was also someone
named Eva, a man who sang.6
The police noted that Apollo Bar was frequented by ‘American negroes’,
‘sailors of all nationalities’, ‘prostitute women from the Larsbjørnsstræde
neighbourhood’, ‘Danish soldiers’, ‘typical homosexuals’, ‘office clerks’,
homosexual women ‘wearing long trousers and jacket’ – all entertained by
‘the giant waitress Viola’.7 Overall, these descriptions show that there were
rich opportunities for frequenting homosexual bars. There was dancing,
music, flirting and good chance of meeting a likeminded person. The diversity
of the scene is noteworthy, and the fact that the police did not harass the
bars as long as minors were not present made Copenhagen quite exceptional
in an international context.
The homosexual bars were not exclusively filled with homosexuals. One
man described his evenings in Cancan, accompanied by a male friend, as
well as his girlfriend, in 1960:
did not pretend to be sexually interested, our abuse did not go further
than a beer. Of course my girlfriend Lillian heard about these visits, and
she followed the daily debate on gay culture. So she became curious, and
we decided to visit a gay bar, so she could see for herself.8
The diverse clientele in the gay bars show that instead of imagining a
closed closet, we should imagine a walk-in closet with a broad crowd
of different genders, nationalities, social classes, sexualities, occupations
and gender expressions. Pre-Stonewall homosexual life in the city allowed
border crossings – before such supposed transgressions became fashion
ably queer.
Street life
To understand the extent of queer life in its many forms, we must follow the
queers out of the bars and into the streets, which were still a widely popular
arena for queer encounters. In public restrooms, backyard toilets, and parks
men had encounters, some one-off, others developing into ongoing sexual
relations, relations based on monetary exchange, or lifelong partnerships.
A homosexual life might include some or all of these at different times. Sex
in toilets or in parks could be a supplement to picking up a man in a bar. A
homosexual man recounts that by the end of the 1940s ‘either you found
someone in the street, in a piss house, or in one of the restaurants. . . . It
was not just one-night stands. Sometimes it developed into a friendship that
could last 8 days, or perhaps a month or more’.9 It was illegal to display
‘indecent behavior or encourage immorality’10 – punishable with a fine or a
prohibition against coming near certain places for a specified period. This
man recounts that he was twice forbidden to go near the toilet at City Hall
Square, even though he had done nothing ‘indecent’ except for being there
for ‘too long’.
According to a letter about homosexual crime from the chief of the Vice
Squad to the Department of Justice in 1960, more than 10,000 men had ‘in
later years’ (probably from 1950 to 1960) been implicated in cases regarding
public encounters of sexual conduct with a minor or male prostitution.11 This
constitutes about 2.9 per cent of the male adult population in Copenhagen
at the time. ‘Criminal homosexuality’, as it was termed, was a considerable
part of city life, and not something only homosexuals indulged in. From
February 1951 to August 1952, the police arrested 589 men who had
behaved ‘indecently’ in public rest rooms. The interrogations revealed that
152 were identified as homosexual, 88 bisexual and 208 heterosexual (the
police thought 67 of these were rent boys).12 The possibilities for sexual
encounters were going on in a world of mixed sexualities.
In a police report regarding male prostitution, a man was interrogated
about a meeting in a backyard. He explained that one evening in March
The Queer Road to Frisind: Copenhagen 1945–2012 59
[The man] . . . walked first into the backyard that was rather dark, and
shortly after the marine followed. He walked over to the accused . . .
and [the man] caressed the marine’s shoulders and embraced him. Then
he unbuttoned the marine’s trousers down below and manipulated the
marine’s member. . . . Suddenly [the man] felt disgust at the act and
pushed the marine away.13
The marine got his two tenners and the man hurried out though the
doorway, where he was arrested and later convicted for buying the favours
of a prostitute. In another case from 1952, a 40-year-old man was convicted
for a sexual encounter with a 13-year-old boy in a public restroom. The
man had gone to the restroom for a homosexual encounter, and in the walls
between the cabins there was a big hole. Later the man explained to the
police that the boy in the other cabin had peeked through the hole and
shown interest, whereas the boy explained that the man had initiated the
talk although he himself had been curious, willing and not resistant.14 The
stories illustrate how encounters in restrooms and backyards could unfold,
whether they ended up in arrest or, more commonly, in each going his or
her own way. They also alert us to aspects of the homosexual scene which
are worth further exploration, namely intergenerational encounters and the
exchange of money.
The age spectrum was quite wide in the homosexual subculture. Police
Inspector Jens Jersild found that of 145 young men arrested in 1953 for
prostitution, 22 per cent were under 18 years of age the first time they
had accepted money for sexual favours, 48 per cent were between 18 and
21 years and 30 per cent over 21.15 In my own investigation of 79 court
cases against men convicted during the years 1961–65 for using a male
prostitute, the latter were between 14 and 20 years old.16 Another study by
Jersild from 1964 showed that out of 1298 boys, who in the period from
1950 to 1960 had been accosted by men subsequently convicted of sex or
indecency with a minor, about a third were under 11 years old, about a
third 12 to 14 years old and about a third 15 to 17 years old.17 While ‘rent
boys’ (who we should rather call young men who consciously sought out
public toilets, street corners and bars for transactional relations) formed
part of the homosexual scene, not every case of indecency or sex with a
male minor can reasonably be blamed on ‘the homosexuals’. These figures
60 Queer Cities, Queer Cultures
Lifelong relationships
Toilet-sex and encounters in streets and alleys could be for a single night,
but might also develop into lasting relationships. A gay man recounts an
evening in January 1963 when he was a teenager, and it snowed heavily:
. . . when I was left at City Hall Square, I actually had to go to the
restroom and went to the underground restrooms. By chance I looked
at a guy, standing to the right of me. He had blue hair and was pretty
outrageously dressed, clad in leather. I was so fascinated by him. . . . He
was obviously also interested in me, so we walked around the city in
the snow. . . . He comes over to me and asks: “Tell me, are you up for
anything?” I say: “For what thing?” “Can we go to your place or mine?”,
he then asks. So we went home to Ulrik, as he was called. . . . He was 20
at that time and I was 16.20
The Queer Road to Frisind: Copenhagen 1945–2012 61
They moved in together and stayed together until Ulrik’s death in 2002. In
October 1963, the author Martin Elmer also met the love of his life, Erik,
at a late night at Cosy Bar. ‘Although Erik and I were together almost every
other day the following weeks, it was not until November, during a weekend
stay . . . in Northern Zealand that we spent the first night together’, wrote
Elmer, who often attacked frivolous gays and saw himself as a respectable
homophile. He insisted that ‘sexual relations’ was a ‘surrogate for the
real thing’, namely ‘the love life of homophiles’.21 The story of how Axel
Johannes Lundahl Madsen and Eigil Axel Eskildsen met each other is well
known. It was at an evening organized by the Association of 1948 (of which
more later). They were engaged in 1950, and took the self-invented surname
Axgil as a sign of their commitment.
Such accounts show that the homosexual world included both lifelong
commitment and deeply felt romance and that such relationships could be
initiated anywhere. We should not presume that they were in a separate
category from briefer encounters. All three couples relate how their lifelong
commitments were not monogamous, and their relationships were, for them
and others, supplemented by other encounters. ‘If someone offered me a
delicious dish’, said Axgil, ‘I did not decline. Especially if Eigil allowed it’.22
Just as lifelong relationships and quick encounters could overlap, deep-
felt romantic relationships could easily fall within the criminal category.
Martin Elmer was 33 years old when he met Erik at Cosy Bar, 12 days
after Erik’s 21st birthday. Two weeks prior to this, Elmer could have come
under suspicion of buying a rent boy, just as Ulrik, in spite of his own
young age, in principle committed a crime by taking a 16 year old home. A
series of interviews with homosexuals from 1961 revealed that 30 per cent
had broken the law by having relations with men under 18 after they had
turned 18 themselves.23 The numbers indicate that a considerable number
of homosexuals crossed the legal boundaries – even though the majority
did not.
Associational life
Until 1948, men with a sexual interest in men could only meet in bars, streets,
restrooms or in private circles. But with the organization of a national union
of homosexuals of both genders, these opportunities widened dramatically.
The Association of 1948 was founded on Bonfire Night, 23 June 1948 by a
small circle of homosexuals with Axel J. Lundahl Madsen in the centre. The
mission of the Association was, according to the first regulations
Initially, the Association was a social club rather than a political organization.
It was not until 20 years later that political lobbying become central to
its activities. The Association quickly became popular, and in 1950 it had
somewhere between 1,000 and 1,400 members, of whom 60 per cent lived
in Copenhagen and about 20 per cent were lesbians. People between 18 and
21 years old were only allowed as an exception and persons under 18 were
prohibited from attending any gathering.
The police in the major cities, Copenhagen, Aarhus and Odense, followed
this development with deep concern, but although they frequently interviewed
members and those staffing club nights, they found very little which could
reasonably be considered criminal. The Association followed a strategy of
presenting themselves to the police as if what they were doing was the most
natural thing in the world. They invited the officers to the theatre nights and
to the balls they held. Dismayed officers reported that
after the show . . . we watched the “party” for about half an hour. There
were around 100 participants, among which about 10 women. The party
was decent and unapproachable, but it was a rather shocking sight, when
almost all the gentlemen, when a pianist began to play, jumped up and
danced with each other, and simply repulsive to watch older, chubby
gentlemen dancing with young lads. As we . . . realized everyone was
aware of us, we left.25
The demands of the Association for civil rights and their cooperative strategy
towards the police bore fruit in 1950. The Association’s chair sent an official
letter to the Copenhagen Police Department, complaining that his members
had been harassed by young men in the street, and that some had ‘directly
offering themselves to our members . . . for money’.26 The chair was well
aware that the police were suspicious that the Association was a cover for
prostitution, and took the opportunity to notify them that harassment and
male prostitution were actually the responsibility of the authorities. The
officers turned up and safeguarded the following party as requested. The
open strategy suggested that the Association felt they had nothing to hide,
and also presumed that homophile citizens had the same rights to protection
as all others.
The Association blossomed in the 1950s. It had local sections in
Copenhagen, Odense and Aalborg, and later in Norway and Sweden (which
subsequently became independent). In March 1950, to take just one example,
the Copenhagen section held club nights on Wednesdays and Saturdays,
and in addition 14 special events, such as art or literary evenings, women’s
evenings and dance nights. Later that year the section expanded to three
regular nights a week, and planned an extra evening for a special artistic
circle and a dancing course for members.27 From 1949, the Association
published the magazine, Vennen [The Friend], which had articles about the
situation of homosexuals in society, poems, short stories, scientific articles
The Queer Road to Frisind: Copenhagen 1945–2012 63
Oppression
Homosexuals encountered many forms of oppression in the period 1945–65.
A national survey in 1947 showed that a majority of the population saw
consensual homosexual sex between adults as the worst or next worst on
a list of crimes including murder, rape and burglary. However, homosexual
sex was the only item on the list which was not, in fact, a crime at the time.31
Apart from the negative attitude expressed in the survey, homosexuals
encountered different forms of harassment, exclusion, violence, theft and
blackmail, including – prior to 1970 – from rent boys. Some homosexuals
felt driven to suicide. There was injustice in the face of the law too. As we saw
earlier, there was an unequal age of consent. The legal age for homosexual
sex was 18 years from 1933 to 1976, but 15 for heterosexuality. Between
1961 and 1965, homosexuals could be punished for buying sex from men
who were under 21 years of age. There were no such limits on hetero
sexual prostitution. Many homosexuals felt the police were unduly harsh
on public sex.
As I have suggested, the Association initially had an active and cooperative
relationship with the police – in spite of the latter’s negative attitude. In the
very first issue of Vennen in 1949, under the headline ‘The Police are also
protecting us’, was an interview with a public prosecutor. He encouraged
homosexuals to report all blackmailers and the editor applauded him
‘for his good will and outspokenness’.32 In the early 1950s, as the police
intensified patrolling of homosexuals, Vennen sharpened its pen against
them, however. In an article of April 1953, Axel J. Lundahl Madsen praised
the chief of the Vice Squad, Jens Jersild, but heavily criticized other officers
in the department for having ‘written some of the most deceiving reports on
homosexuals’.33
Many were highly critical of the police orders on a considerable number
of homosexuals to abstain from visiting certain places. In 1955, Lundahl
Madsen criticized the unreasonable way the police had treated a young man
who had been given such an order. The young man had met an acquaintance
within the zone in which he was prohibited from ‘standing still or walking
back and forth’. Two officers saw the brief encounter, and took him to the
City Court for violation of the order.34 Many felt hunted by the police.
The articles in Vennen and the complaints in police archives indicate that
organized homosexuals did not accept what they saw as unjust treatment
by the authorities. The tone became increasingly harsh up to 1955, where
the conflict between the police and the Association exploded in the Great
Pornography Affair. Lundahl Madsen and Helmer Fogedgaard wrote
furious articles against the measures the police and the authorities had
taken. Fogedgaard compared it to the persecution of the Jews and wrote
that ‘we want this cursed nanny mentality, that is being maintained with
our money, to go to Hell’.35 When the police arrested Fogedgaard during
the affair, he wrote enraged accounts of police incompetence and injustice,
The Queer Road to Frisind: Copenhagen 1945–2012 65
describing how an individual was powerless when the system had its mind
set on convicting him. The Association helped individual members in their
complaints against the police and the courts, and also wrote general letters
to the authorities. From the early 1960s, the Activist Group Vennen was
launched and added its voice to protests. Though little attention had been
given to homosexual voices in the period 1945–60, from this point on many
people started listening – because of debate on the so-called Ugly Law.
was worth its weight in gold’, as the rumour went among the soldiers. There
he would meet a homosexual man of around 40, and eventually they would
go home to the man’s apartment and have drinks, food, and sex. The price
was on average 23 DKK (the equivalent of 30 Euros in today’s prices).
The homosexual men who were caught did not regard their actions as
paying for sex. For them, the money was a small token of gratitude, money
for the bus home, money for breakfast, money for a cab or the like. Usually,
they were convicted anyway since the boy would state to the police that
he would not have done it but for the money, thus proving in the eyes of
the court that it was indeed prostitution and not a ‘sympathy affair’ as the
opposite term had it. However, looking through the case files, we might
suggest something more complex than a simple dichotomy of prostitution
versus sympathy affairs. According to the new prostitution law, an explicit
or implicit promise of money was crucial for the court to convict a man
for buying prostitution. In several cases, the accused man argued insistently
that there had been no promise of money, neither explicitly nor implicitly.
To counter this argument, the court argued that any man who went to a gay
bar or a known prostitution haunt, knew that any boy under 21 expected
money. This line of argument was usually successful in court. In one case,
a man met a boy in the Latin Quarter and they went home and had sex –
no money was exchanged. Questioned by the police, the boy admitted
that he entertained the thought of getting money, but having such a good
night, and being bisexual himself, he had forgot about it. The man was
convicted anyway since he ought to have known that picking up a boy,
in that neighbourhood, at that time at night, with no prior conversation
equalled an implicit promise of money.
Another case brought a different outcome, even though money did indeed
change hands. In September 1963, a 20-year old marine met a homosexual
in the Latin Quarter in the notorious bar/restaurant Mandalay, and they
agreed to meet again the following week. The week after, they went to the
man’s place and had sex. The next morning the marine asked for money and
was given it. Both evenings the man bought food and beers for the marine
at Mandalay. These conditions seemed perfect for a conviction, but the man
was acquitted since ‘they have been at a restaurant together’, and waited
for sex until the second date. In other words, this constituted a ‘sympathy
affair’. Thus, we see that the police did not so much patrol prostitution
as redefine it. Certain places, certain inequalities, certain ways of meeting
that were prevalent in the homosexual subculture were dubbed prostitution,
while other ostensibly quite similar scenarios were not. It came down to the
intentions behind the money, and the way it was exchanged, not the money
per se.
In 1964, Jersild published The Pedophiles: Child Lovers.36 In the book,
Jersild speculated from his vast statistical material, that there was a clear-
cut distinction between homosexuals and paedophiles. Looking back
at the period, Jersild’s thesis does not seem convincing. The homosexual
The Queer Road to Frisind: Copenhagen 1945–2012 67
riots that were pivotal in Denmark, but rather 1965 and the introduction
and repeal of the Ugly Law. The law had the effect of producing a new
kind of homosexual subject, a new homosexual world and a new public
consciousness of homosexuality.
The 1970s
The process of loosening laws around sexuality that had been going on since
the 1930s, accelerated in the 1960s and 1970s: the introduction of ‘the pill’
and access to birth control counselling for girls from the age of 15 (1966),
decriminalization of pornography (1969), free access to abortion (1973),
obligatory sexual education in schools (1970), abolition of the Copenhagen
Vice Squad (1971) and equal age of consent for homo- and heterosexuals
(1976). The rising generation of homosexuals faced a new world. They
no longer felt obligated to hide from public view. ‘Coming out’ became
an obvious – if still controversial – thing to do. The Association of 1948
was renamed the National Union of Homophiles, and later Homophiles
was exchanged for Gays and Lesbians, endorsing the new openness and
direct approach of the 1970s. Beside the National Union, a Gay Liberation
Front sprang up in 1971 (the same year as in the United Kingdom), and
campaigned through activist zaps – on several occasions posing as girl
drum majorettes in full skirts and big beards and prancing through the
main streets of several cities singing ‘Willy! Willy! Wauw, wauw, wauw!’39
A Lesbian Front created in 1974 allied with the new feminist movement,
also focused on these kinds of activities, on inwards consciousness raising
and on developing a critique of what both movements saw as a patriarchal,
homophobic capitalist society.40
Many of the homosexual cafés and bars continued as before, and new
modern discos came along. PAN Disco, run by the National Union, became
an institution and an entry point for young people into gay and lesbian life
in Copenhagen. Bar life was usually gender mixed, with only a few bars
being men or women only. Despite clashes of ideology and vocabulary, on
the whole cooperation was the norm between gays and lesbians and between
old and new homosexual movements. With the increased focus on identity
politics and ‘coming out’, the homosexual scene became a scene for gays and
lesbians, rather than the broad range of queers we saw in the 1950s.
Liberation or normalization?
This cheerful story of the liberation of gays and lesbians in Denmark sounds
like a cover-up for normalization, and to some degree it is. However, we
rather need to realize that the homosexual subject has changed profoundly
during the twentieth century. Michel Foucault wrote that ‘homosexuality
is not a form of desire, but something desirable’.45 The form as well as the
longings and ideals of homosexuals have changed. The queer man of the
1950s, who may or may not have identified himself as homosexual and
The Queer Road to Frisind: Copenhagen 1945–2012 71
longed to meet straight young men in the streets after a night at the gay bar,
was not the same as the 1970s gay activist who wanted sexual revolution and
complete frankness about sexuality. Today, these subjectivities are shadows
of the past as today’s gays and lesbians differ little from their heterosexual
counterparts.
Thus, liberation and normalization become two sides of the same coin.
With equal rights and inclusion into mainstream society, some parts of
former gay and lesbian culture were left behind. We should not forget the
disciplining process that was a prerequisite for including homosexuals
into society. The sidelining of paedophilia and transactional relationships
was crucial for creating a gay subject who could be seen as acceptable –
and this did not happen ‘by itself’. These discontinuities should warn us
against seeing ‘gay liberation’ as a straight process, so to speak, and make
us realize that what gays and lesbians want today is not necessarily what
their forebears wanted or desired. The perpetual reinterpretation of what
makes homosexuality desirable continues to change the field we are trying
to describe. Indeed sweeping words like liberation or normalization may not
be accurate; perhaps, we should turn to concepts like the increase and/or
limitation of social possibilities, and the shifts in tastes and dreams.
Frisind has made life easier for homosexuals in Denmark in the twenty-
first century, and has perhaps erased entrenched presumptions about the
homosexual type. The road to liberal-mindedness has been twisted and
unpredictable. Gay marriage in church is not ‘the end of history’, but
hopefully the beginning of something new where we can focus less on who
is odd and who is normal. History teaches us that instead of fixing the ‘true’
form of homosexuality we should look at why it is so desirable for so many
people. And take it from there.
Notes
1 Lützen, K. (1998), Byen Tæmmes: Kernefamilie, sociale reformer og velgørenhed
i 1800-tallets København. Copenhagen: Hans Reitzels Forlag, p. 409.
2 Illustreret Kriminal-Tidende (1925), no. 32, p. 7.
3 National Archives in Copenhagen, Copenhagen Police, 3. inspectorate, section
B. Vice Squads observation reports on restaurants etc. (Hansa).
4 von Rosen, W. (1993), Månens Kulør: Studier i dansk bøssehistorie 1628-1912.
Copenhagen: Rhodos.
5 National Archives in Copenhagen, Copenhagen Police, 3. inspectorate, section B.
Vice Squads observation reports on restaurants etc. (Bellman-kælderen).
6 Account by Ejnar, born ca. 1931 in Bech, H. (1989), Mellem Mænd.
Copenhagen: Tiderne Skifter, p. 70.
7 National Archives in Copenhagen, Copenhagen Police, 3. inspectorate,
section B. Vice Squads observation reports on restaurants etc. (Apollo Bar).
72 Queer Cities, Queer Cultures
Further reading
In English
Bech, H. (1997), When Men Meet: Homosexuality and Modernity. Cambridge:
Polity Press.
Jersild, J. (1956), Boy Prostitution. Cph.: G.E.C. GAD.
—(1967), The Normal Homosexual Male Versus the Boy Molester. Cph.: Nyt
Nordisk Forlag Arnold Busck (Jersild’s books are recommended for their
historical interest rather than their analysis of homosexuality, pedophilia, and
prostitution.).
Rydström, J. (2011), Odd Couples: A History of Gay Marriage in Scandinavia.
Amsterdam: Aksant.
Rydström, J. and K. Mustola (eds) (2007), Criminally Queer: Homosexuality and
Criminal Law in Scandinavia 1842–1999. Amsterdam: Aksant.
In Danish
Edelberg, P. (2012), Storbyen Trækker: Homoseksualitet, prostitution og pornografi
i Danmark 1945–1976. Cph.: Djøf’s Forlag.
74 Queer Cities, Queer Cultures
Jennifer Evans
by gay men and lesbians at the hands of the Nazis. In its final iteration, the
Berlin memorial represents in physical form what Laura Doan has termed
‘an ancestral geneology’, that is, it became a critically important marker of
a common or shared history, in this case, of persecution, as the touchstone
of LGBT life the world over.4 And yet, as this chapter will also show, despite
great success in calling attention to past and ongoing prejudice, making
identity the focus of such memorialization is perhaps more problematic than
it initially appears. The quest to find suitable representational forms that
speak to the difference of experience may have the appearance of unifying
the community but – as this debate makes clear – it also underscores the
fundamental instability of the queer subject, not because it yields to multiple
perspectives, but because of the incapacity of the category of the homosexual
to effectively contain historical memory on its own.
The acrimony unleashed when several prominent lesbian feminists
questioned whether women’s experiences of victimization were adequately
taken into account in the design specifications quickly breached the local
and national press and upon entering cyberspace, it soon circulated as far
away as the Australian and American queer media and blogosphere. A
testament to how important the city – and Nazi persecution by extension,
signified by the symbolism of the Pink Triangle for an international queer
community – had become to the construction of Anglo-American queer
historical consciousness, the debate confirms Berlin’s unique place as a living
memorial not only to victims of one of the most heinous regimes of the
twentieth century but also to ongoing human rights struggles in the so-called
liberal West.5 When a compromise was finally reached over how best to
open up the memorial’s mandate so as to better represent the diversity of the
LGBT community, the memorial changed from being a marker of historical
persecution to a place of mobilization around contemporary concerns. As
activists looked back in time to bolster their claims for recognition, their
actions had the effect of changing the memorial’s orientation from a space
of commemoration to a place of consciousness-raising around current
struggles. This shift in conceptions of time and purpose shows quite clearly
that queer place making in this enigmatic city is multi-perspectival and
complex, and deeply important not just to LGBT public memory but also
to rights claims on a national and world stage.6 But it also sheds light on
the complicated memorial politics of the early twenty-first century, raising
important questions about Berlin’s contemporary meaning as a place for
diverse claims to history, from identitarian and local to the national and
global.
Memorials
Ever since the fall of the Berlin wall, much ink has been spilt on the pernicious
role of symbolic spaces in creating the appearance of cohesive identities.7
Harmless kisses and infinite loops 77
was a thorny issue, as suffering under the Nazis was explicitly linked to
ideology, with communists often at the centre of memorial campaigns. This
did not stop East German citizens from trying to expand the narrow definition
of victim. After two successful wreath-laying exercises, one in Buchenwald
in 1983 and another at Ravensbrück a year later, several gay and lesbian
groups planned a coordinated effort to coincide with Christopher Street Day
(or German Pride) on 30 June 1984.14 State response was swift. Activists had
their photos taken by the East German secret police or Stasi as they attempted
to board trains for the two sites. In Sachsenhausen, they were allowed to
lay their wreath, but no mention could be made of homosexual victims.
Efforts to delimit who could claim victim status may have been undertaken
by the Stasi, but they had garnered the support of veterans’ organizations
and the management of the two camps.15 Although the GDR no longer stood
by the 1990s, queer activists could not help but wonder what remained of
these attitudes and how they might mix with the quiet homophobia that
still percolated in the West that marginalized the memory of gay persecution
in its own way, as a subject still very much under-represented in academic
discourse and official commemoration.
From the 1990s onwards, once it was announced that the city would
adopt New York architect Peter Eisenman’s design for the Monument
to the Murdered Jews of Europe, each design competition for a new
memorial resulted in countless hours of moral and ethical soul-searching.
After close to a decade of lobbying for national recognition of Nazi crimes
and emboldened by the state’s commitment to the construction of Peter
Eisenman’s memorial, queer activists in Germany felt a glimmer of hope with
the 1999 announcement that the Federal Republic was morally obligated ‘to
commemorate the other victims of National Socialism in appropriate ways’.16
Buoyed by this decision, the largest national gay rights organization, the
Association of Lesbians and Gays (Schwulen- und Lesbenverband or LSVD)
built on the actions of earlier initiatives and submitted a formal petition
for a queer monument.17 The red-green majority in the federal parliament
(Bundestag) ensured that in 2003 the request would be honoured and
within 2 years, the Berlin Senate Administration for Science, Research, and
Culture, Urban and Architectural Art (Senatsverwaltung für Wissenschaft,
Forschung und Kultur Kunst im Stadtraum und am Bau) tendered an open
call for design submissions to be vetted first by the LSVD, together with
the ‘Initiative for the Commemoration of Homosexual Victims’ (Initiative
‘Der homosexuellen Opfer gedenken’). Of the 127 submissions received
from as far away as Tel Aviv, New York and London, they narrowed the
field to 26, to be adjudicated by a 11-member prize committee consisting
of the Berlin senator for city development, a prominent art historian,
several curators and museum directors, two artists, and Günter Dworek,
representing the LSVD.18
By 2006, it looked as though the city, state and nation was well on its
way to honouring homosexual victims of Paragraph 175, the anti-sodomy
Harmless kisses and infinite loops 79
article of the German Penal Code exploited by Nazis to police the sexual
behaviour of male citizens, which resulted in roughly 100,000 arrests and the
incarceration of anywhere between 15,000 and 50,000 in jails, prisons and
camps where as many as 60 per cent likely died from their treatment there.19
On the books since the late nineteenth century, the measure was reformed
in 1968 in East Germany and 1969 in the Federal Republic, but remained
in the criminal code in West Germany with courts even using Nazi-era case
files as evidence in post-war trials.20 The submission from Danish artists
Michael Elmgreen and Ingar Dragset was selected in January 2006 precisely
because of the way in which its innovative minimalist cube design evoked
this enormous sense of grief and alienation. The strikingly simple design,
which bore close resemblance to the block-like Stele of the neighbouring
Holocaust memorial, included a single-paned glass window, behind which a
continuously running black and white film was to play depicting what one
journalist termed ‘two kissing boys in ironed shirts’. Given that a full third
of the population still found ‘kissing boys repulsive’, this was designed to be
art ‘at its most provocative’.21
Despite a few misgivings about the harsh modernism of the cuboid, which
differed quite significantly from other monuments in Cologne, Frankfurt and
Amsterdam, the committee seemed to have weathered the storm of public
opinion, that is, until that May when noted feminist and editor of EMMA
magazine, Alice Schwarzer mounted a full-scaled media attack and opened
the floodgates of identity politics. Her argument was that women were not
just rendered invisible in the current design but were being written out of
a shared history of persecution – as the title of the magazine article made
plain: ‘again, women are forgotten’.22 In a coordinated article in the leftist
taz newspaper, caberettist Maren Kroymann reiterated many of the points
raised by Schwarzer, most notably that lesbians continue to represent an
invisible minority, whose experiences failed then and now to resonate within
majority culture. Using legal persecution as the benchmark of victimization,
the whole of women’s agency and experience during the Third Reich falls
away.23 Furthermore she claimed, in framing the memorial, aesthetically,
around men’s sexuality, Elmgreen and Dragset simply perpetuate the
social isolation of lesbians. They did so both in the name of honouring the
victims and critiquing the here and now. Appealing to them as fellow artists,
Kroymann argued that ‘work with images and symbols’ has the potential
to make a statement on present injustice as well. The masculine bias was
draughted into the very plans themselves. Not only would the proposed
memorial fail in its intended purpose of commemorating the dead, if built
without alteration, it also threatened to undercut any meaningful effort to
confront present-day homophobia. This action on the part of Schwarzer and
Kroymann, and all those signatories who by November 2006 had added their
names to the petition ‘for women in the Homo-Monument’, fundamentally
changed the terms of engagement. In the 2 years that followed, during which
time the memorial was reconceived, redesigned and finally unveiled in the
80 Queer Cities, Queer Cultures
summer of 2008, activists and opponents clashed over the gender of design
and history, and despite some tough going, managed to shift the focus from
past injustice to present-day politics.
a resolution on its website calling for the much-hoped for solidarity between
gays and lesbians in order to work collectively towards the realization of
the memorial’s original purpose, to serve as ‘a visible statement against
intolerance, enmity, and isolation’. This call for solidarity, however, was
premised on a condition that the artists’ vision of ‘an infinite loop of two
men kissing’ be kept in the final design, both because this was adjudicated
by jury – a position underscored a month later in a letter to the organization
from the mayor of Berlin Klaus Wowereit26 – and also because it conformed
to the history of persecution more generally, a history that disproportionately
affected men. Sensing that such a schism could undermine the entire effort,
the LSVD called on the federal authorities, specifically the Minister for
Culture and the Berlin Senate, to step up and help find ways to integrate
lesbians into the artists’ conceptualization.27
This action failed to ease tension and simply had the effect of further
angering the EMMA editorial collective. Under the heading ‘Stop the Homo-
Monument!’ Schwarzer and her supporters referenced the ‘patriarchal
dominance of the gay men in the movement and the lack of power of
lesbians in positions of leadership’.28 Their voices held resonance beyond
the feminist magazine. A special issue of the major LGBT newspaper,
Siegessäule, showcased opposing positions, with members of the Gay and
Lesbian Museum, the Initiative ‘Remember the Homosexual NS Victims’
and a former board member on the Foundation for Brandenburg State
Memorials represented in the opinion piece alongside a single pro-EMMA
respondent.29 Although the question of lesbian marginalization seemed to
garner minimal support in the gay press, the position had managed to secure
the attention of a member of the European Parliament, who sent a letter to
the chair of the Federal Cultural Commission recommending action. Having
learnt of the artists’ reticence to reconceptualizing the piece, representative
Gröner underscored that ‘there is enough room in the planned memorial
site’ for both sets of stories. She raised an idea that already had been floating
about: the addition of an information sign outlining the shared but different
experiences of historical and ongoing persecution, while reminding her
federal colleagues that this issue ‘had awakened European interest’. For
this reason, she pleaded with them to ensure that ‘the exclusion of lesbian
women’ not be allowed to occur.30 In other words, the issue of representation,
memory and diversity, if it hadn’t already, now acquired added international
resonance.
Part of the problem was that the space where the monument was to be
built brought with it a history of its own. As an historian of Berlin gay
history noted in an article in a local art magazine, the Tiergarten holds a
special place in the story of gay male sociability and persecution. Andreas
Pretzel argued that, unlike the location of the Eisenman memorial across
the street (which gained notoriety more for its proximity to Hitler’s bunker
than for any tangible connection to the pre-1945 Jewish community), the
Tiergarten ‘for homosexuals is a historical and authentic place’.31 In this
Harmless kisses and infinite loops 83
central park, designed in the 1830s by landscape artist Peter Joseph Lenné as
a place of relaxation and respite from the growing city, men had for decades
cruised for anonymous sex along its tree-lined paths. That the park served
as an important node in the city’s famously multi-hued sexual geography
was no secret; both the 1923 Baedeker travel book and Curt Moreck’s 1931
Guide to Depraved Berlin made mention of its allure as a hook-up spot
for gay sex.32 The Tiergarten before 1933 represented a key part of Berlin’s
storied past as an Eldorado for same-sex desiring men. As criminal case files
from the period tell us, the park carried on as a site of sexual contact, only
in the late 1930s and 1940s it was also a place of persecution with many
men fearing being caught out by so-called stool pigeons (Lockvögel) – Hitler
Youth specially tasked to lure men with the promise of intergenerational
sex only to denounce them later at the nearby Gestapo and criminal police
precinct.33
This link between sex, space, sociability and persecution had emerged
as a core theme in many of the design submissions, and also formed a vital
part of the lesbian critique of the proposed memorial. Marcel Odenbach
had pitched the idea of a so-called warm lake on the proposed site, complete
with tropical water lilies. This conjoined the notion of ‘warmer Brüder’ or
warm brothers in English, the derogatory term for same-sex desiring men,
with a flower that symbolized immanent sexuality. Another submission by
Sabrina Cegla, Ingo Vetter and Amit Epstein proposed a 620-metre labyrinth
in artificial baroque style, overlaying the image of cruising, the search for a
life partner, and quest for a way out of persecution. The theme of cruising,
landscape, and desire was also taken up by Piotr Nathan, who planned
to create a stone lake out of six steel walls. The coloured walls would be
lined on the outside with vines. Obfuscated among the greenery was a door
designed to keep at bay the bourgeois conformity lurking on the inside. Katja
Augustin, Jörg Prinz and Carsten Wieworra made it all the way into the final
round with their proposed planting of 100 metres worth of non-indigenous
trees, in whose branches would be placed symbols of love and devotion
alongside the names of well-known gays and lesbians from the period of
Nazi persecution. Another suggestion was for a half circle of stone, playing
off of the Eisenman design and serving as a formal place of reflection and
repose from which to contemplate the history of persecution.
In Pretzel’s estimation, the winning submission by Elmgreen and Dragset
was careful to avoid the all-too-familiar symbology of the ubiquitous pink
triangle. Operating on the level of abstraction, it seemed best suited to
conjure up an emotional response from the imagined visitor through the
proposed film’s use of images of intimacy and desire, with a bit of voyeurism
tacked in. Cruising and public sex was left ‘where it was’ – part of the park’s
enduring legacy but not explicitly part of the memorial. A possible problem
with the design, Pretzel conceded, was its refusal to address the hierarchical
nature of victimization, and it was here, he suggested, that the artists may
have opened themselves up to criticism and scorn.34 And scorn there was.
84 Queer Cities, Queer Cultures
Gendering persecution
There was widespread worry among those in the heritage industry that this
fissure between gays and lesbians might grow in size and derail the project
altogether. On its webpage, and then downloaded, annotated and sent around
to members of the LSVD and Queer Nations, the director of the Berlin-
Brandenburg State Office of Memorials posted a statement in December
2006 outlining his organization’s concern that the issue had gone so far as to
‘push the memorialization of homosexual victims of Nazi persecution into the
background’. Highlighting the shifting temporal context of commemoration
through the course of this debate, Günter Morsch noted that at the same
time that Nazi-era persecution was falling out of sight, the memorial was
quickly moving away from its original mandate. In embracing a ‘more
contemporary and future-oriented perspective’, it teetered dangerously
towards a full-fledged ‘political instrumentalization of memory’.36 In order
to avoid just this, the LSVD pulled together several podium discussions to
address the issues of representation, space and commemoration. On an
evening in mid-January, at the so-called Maneo-Soirée in the ballroom of the
Charlottenburg-Wilmersdorf district city hall, Pretzel and Kroymann were
joined by an SPD (Socialist Party of Germany) member of federal parliament,
the chairperson of the far left party (die Linkspartei or PDS) and the LSVD’s
Günter Dworek. Moderated by the taz’s Jan Feddersen, this evening was
designed to provide a public airing of a variety of issues, from the suitability
of the Elmgreen and Dragset design to ‘a debate that never gets talked about,
the possibility of a brotherly or sisterly understanding (geschwisterliches
Verstanden) of homosexuality’.37 Although she had participated in a fact-
finding colloquium in 2005 that helped launch the design competition,
now historian Claudia Schoppmann was unequivocal in condemning the
memorial for failing to adequately represent lesbians as victims of historical
violence.38 She cited examples from the research that had gone into her
book Days of Masquerade: Life Stories of Lesbians During the Third Reich.
Lesbians were persecuted by the Nazis, but not in the same manner as men.
Harmless kisses and infinite loops 85
Nevertheless, they were frequently targeted as asocial and wore the black
triangle in the camps. Because it didn’t occur under Paragraph 175, and thus
was not a focus of gay and lesbian organizing in the post-war period, it was
overlooked and forgotten. This gendering of persecution was even further
evidence of the pressing need to revamp the memorial.39
As the treatment of gays and lesbians was put under the microscope
in the quest to sort out whether the monument in its current form paid
adequate tribute to the plight of those who suffered during the Third Reich,
the LSVD, the artists themselves, and various activist scholars weighed in
on the veracity of Schoppmann’s claims. Part of the problem was the murky
language of the original 2003 parliamentary decree, which stipulated that
the proposed monument must do three things: ‘honour the persecuted
and killed’, ‘keep the memory of injustice alive’, and serve as ‘an ongoing
symbol against intolerance, enmity, and the marginalization of gays and
lesbians’. At the Manéo-Soirée, Andreas Pretzel drew attention to three
myths circulating in the background. These included allegations that the
Nazis were themselves gay, that the persecution of gay men represented a
kind of ‘Homocaust’ and the legend of a systematic lesbian persecution on
par with gay men. The monument in its current incarnation lent itself to
the perpetuation of these myths, he argued. Opponents of the monument
were already raising the spectre of queer Nazis. The way the single Stele
appears broken off from the Eisenman monument conjures up the idea
of homosexual persecution as a derivative of the Holocaust. And the
EMMA debate certainly traded on the notion of a targeted campaign
against lesbians during the Third Reich. Pretzel suggested that these myths,
however problematic, formed a core part of contemporary gay and lesbian
consciousness. The monument needed to put an end to them once and
for all. A way forward might lie with the highly existential experience of
viewing the film. Since it could only accommodate a single viewer at a
time, it conjured up the feeling of alienation to which both gay men and
lesbian might relate. What was needed was an artistic intervention so as to
find ‘a way to remember lesbians (while) recognizing their specific fate. All
this, without evoking the spirit of competition or a sense of equalization’.40
In order for the memorial to move forward, they required a suitable
representational strategy for capturing the shared but different emotional
cost of marginalization. What was necessary was a queering of place, a
visual strategy that could both encapsulate and go beyond any sense that
there was a singularity of experience.
Social Democratic and Green Party politicians joined members of the LSVD
and Berlin’s queer mayor Klaus Wowerweit to formally request the artists
to re-conceptualize the monument’s design to speak in some way of lesbian
experience. They conceded. The plan was to change the infinite loop of men
kissing every 2 years and replace it with a lesbian kiss. For many journalists,
to say nothing of Web 2.0 commentators, the compromise was a concession
and not a long-term solution.41 Indeed, many used the unveiling as an
opportunity to revisit the dispute. In the Berliner Zeitung, the erstwhile
daily of communist East Berlin, columnist Gunnar Schupelius doubted very
much that the ‘kissing men in black and white’ would awaken people to
remember the violent past. The national Welt newspaper saw it differently.
‘The memorial, as a piece of public memorial culture, is another example
that monuments can also be good art’.42 For Die Zeit, the question whether
a kiss was an appropriate symbol of persecution seemed most pressing.
According to the Zeit reporter, more important still was the fact that this
debate forced consideration of the relationship of monuments to the past.
In their estimation, it was the interactive nature of the ‘Film-Monument’
from Elmgreen and Dragset that rendered the past the subject of present and
future disputation.
At a cost of roughly 600,000 euros, the memorial was finally unveiled
by the federal Minister of Culture Bernd Neumann in a ceremony attended
by over 400 people in the spring of 2008. Having seen a televised story
relating to the monument’s unveiling, 95-year-old Rudolf Brazda decided to
make himself known to organizers. One of the last surviving victims of the
camps, he was unable to attend the ceremony, but he did attend that year’s
Pride March, known in Berlin as Christopher Street Day.43 Gunter Dworek
of the LSVD reminded those in attendance that the struggle to realize a
memorial was almost two decades long. And there were still signs amidst
the celebration that all was not perfect with the commemorations. Despite
efforts to hold up the memorial as a symbol of Western tolerance while a
sign read that ‘in many parts of the world people are still persecuted because
of their sexual identity’, the artists told the local scene magazine Zitty that
the federal Minister of Culture actually refused to allow invitations to be
imprinted with images of ‘the Kiss’ – the shorthand term for the infinite loop
of kissing men. Other observers noted the absence of Germany’s President
Horst Köhler, who had been present at the unveiling of the Memorial to the
Murdered Jews of Europe.44
The memorial was not only of significance to Berlin or German queers.
Both the controversy and the unveiling quickly entered the international
queer blogosphere through transnational subcultural networks and
pathways. Already in 2007, the New York Gay City News reported on
the cavernous divide between gays and lesbians. In an article by Benjamin
Weinthal, the acrimonious falling out was captured in infinite detail and
translated for an English-speaking audience. A core feature of the story
was the perspective of expat American and Berlin-based activist Jim Baker,
Harmless kisses and infinite loops 87
Conclusion
What does this struggle to gender victimhood and representation – and the
international interest in how this played out – tell us about the role of history
in queer place making in Berlin? To get at this, we need to take seriously the
divergent understandings of the past emanating out of the debate and the
ways in which the struggle for representation forced an open and frank – if
acrimonious – discussion of the rules, structures, and organization of city,
rhetorical and memorial space. In bearing witness to past crimes but focusing
attention on current struggles, the memorial contributed to bread and butter
issues affecting contemporary queers, especially in ongoing and future
struggles for legal recognition, a formal apology, remuneration – even for
civil union – as an emblem of a time when rights to privacy, personality and
self-determination were systematically violated ‘in the name of the people?’50
History was used by these activists to create a coherent meaning of place
amidst the shifting terrain of identity politics and invented traditions. The
fact that this battle waged in cyberspace and in traditional media, on LGBT
blogs in the United States as well as in the various Berlin newspapers tells
us that what appears as a localized struggle for a national queer monument
quickly breeched these boundaries. In other words, the struggle to realize a
HomoMonument, as it was called colloquially, was at once local and global,
national and transnational, quotidian and mediatized. Berlin was no longer
the building site for a unified German identity, but it quickly became a place
of symbolic importance for international human rights struggles.51 If we are
to truly appreciate the role and significance of the memorial in queer place
making, we have to think of it as a site claimed by many and instrumentalized
by some in the name of community and identity, on a German, European,
and global scale. Making space for queer place means looking at how the
‘past helps make the present’. But, more importantly, it also means thinking
seriously about the unique role played by the city Berlin in a cosmopolitan
queer imaginary.52
What purpose is served by thinking about the quest to build a monument
to the queer victims of Nazism as a politics of place making? Focusing in on
the way disparate groups claim and make sense of certain city spaces and the
emotions and memories they help call into being sheds light on the role of
competing and sometimes overlapping practices and interactions that makes
up (even as it troubles) any stable sense of collective memory. Not only
does this foreground the messiness of commemorative practices, but it also
points to the high degree of emotionality involved in the politics of place
making itself. As geographer Nigel Thrift has argued, thinking about claims
to space as an inherently relational process is not only methodologically
more sound, allowing as it does a way to see place making as having a
basis in overlapping, intersectional identities, but it might also make for a
more progressive memory politics given the important social, sexual, gender,
Harmless kisses and infinite loops 89
Notes
Research for this chapter was provided by the Social Sciences Humanities
Research Council of Canada
50 ‘In the Name of the People’ is the English translation of ‘Im Namen des Volkes’
which was the title that adorned every court case ledger during the Third
Reich.
51 Cochrane, A. (2006), ‘Making up meanings in a capital city: Power, memory,
and monuments in Berlin’, European Urban and Regional Studies, 13(1)
(January), 24.
52 Massey (1995), p. 187.
53 Thrift, N. (2004), ‘Intensities of feeling: Towards a spatial politics of affect’,
Geografiska Annaler, 86 B, 57–78; Wilke (2013). The idea of intersectionality
has its origins in Crenshaw, K. (1991), ‘Mapping the margins: Intersectionality,
identity politics, and violence against women of color’, Stanford Law Review,
43(6), 1241–99.
54 Said, E. W. (2000), ‘Invention, memory, and place’, Critical Inquiry, 26, 179.
James Young makes the point that ‘the surest engagement with memory lies
in its perpetual irresolution . . . simply the never-to-be-resolved debate over
which kind of memory to preserve, how to do it, in whose name, and to what
end’. Young, J. E. (1993), The Texture of Memory: Holocaust Memorials and
Meaning. New Haven: Yale University Press, p. 21.
55 Massey, D. (2004), ‘Geographies of responsibility’, Geografiska Annaler,
86 B (1), p. 7.
Further reading
Downing, L. and R. Gillet (eds) (2011), Queer in Europe: Contemporary Case
Studies. Burlington, VT: Ashgate Publishing.
Evans, J. V. (2003), ‘Bahnhof boys: Policing male prostitution in post-Nazi Berlin’,
Journal of the History of Sexuality, 12(4), 605–36.
—(2011), Life among the Ruins: Cityscape and Sexuality in Cold War Berlin.
Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan.
—(2013), ‘Seeing subjectivity: Erotic photography and the optics of desire’,
American Historical Review, 118(2), 430–62.
Herzog, D. (2005), Sex After Fascism: Memory and Morality in Twentieth-Century
Germany. Princeton: Princeton University Press.
—(2011), Sexuality in Europe: A Twentieth-Century History. London: Cambridge
University Press.
Hull, I. V. (1996), Sexuality, State, and Civil Society in Germany, 1700-1815.
Ithaca, NY: Cornell University Press.
McLellan, J. (2011), Love in the Time of Communism: Intimacy and Sexuality in
the GDR. New York: Cambridge University Press.
Moeller, R. G. (2010), ‘Private acts, public anxieties, and the fight to decriminalize
male homosexuality in West Germany’, Feminist Studies, 36(3), 528–52.
Pretzel, A. (2002), NS-Opfer unter Vorbehalt. Homosexuelle Männer in Berlin nach
1945 Münster: LIT Verlag.
Rowe, D. (2003), Representing Berlin: Sexuality and the City in Imperial and
Weimar Germany. Burlington, VT: Ashgate.
94 Queer Cities, Queer Cultures
Sieg, K. (2002), Ethnic Drag: Performing Race, Nation, Sexuality in West Germany.
Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press.
Specter, S. (2007), ‘Where personal fate turns to public affair: Homosexual scandal
and social order in Vienna, 1900-1910’, Austrian History Yearbook, 38, 15–24.
Whisnant, C. (2012), Male Homosexuality in West Germany: Between Persecution
and Freedom, 1945–69. Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan.
5
From Stalinist pariahs to subjects
of ‘Managed Democracy’: Queers
in Moscow 1945 to the present
Dan Healey1
Moscow was the capital of a victorious Soviet Union in 1945, and in this
era of rapid reconstruction and political complexities, ‘queerness’ would
eventually come under special scrutiny. Wartime contact with ‘decadent’
Europe threatened to contaminate Soviet ‘natural’ sexuality at a moment
when population losses aroused anxiety. Even more provocatively, after the
death of Soviet dictator Joseph Stalin in March 1953, the dismantling of
the Gulag forced labour camps threatened to infect society with perversions
‘hot-housed’ in places of confinement. Law and medicine were mobilized
to contain queer sexualities, while ‘liberals’ and ‘conservatives’ in the
Communist Party would disagree over the need for official sex education.
Until the collapse of Communist rule, and of the Soviet Union as multi-
national empire in 1991, political stalemate arrested the ‘sex question’. At
the same time, economic and social evolution transformed the experience
of queer sexualities, prefiguring the exuberant and anxious approaches to
queerness prevalent in Moscow in the early twenty-first century.
The evolution of ‘queer’ Moscow after 1945 cannot be gauged by the
familiar landmarks of Western LGBT history. Under an authoritarian police
state there was no legal independent social activism or non-governmental
organizing and hence no Russian ‘homophile’ movement linked to any
interwar queer communities. Such solidarities, if they existed, had been
disrupted by Stalinist anti-homosexual purges during the 1930s.2 The Soviet
state guarded its monopoly on press, radio and television zealously and
operated exceptionally prudish censorship until the late 1980s. Muscovites
96 Queer Cities, Queer Cultures
did not publish their own queer journals until 1990. The year 1968 was not
a ‘revolutionary’ moment in Soviet history, but a year of reaction when the
USSR led Warsaw Pact armies to crush the Prague Spring. The year’s events
stimulated unofficial ‘dissident’ activism inside the Soviet Union, virtually
none of which was ‘gay’ identified. Police surveillance and persecution of
dissidence intensified. There would be no Moscow Stonewall, nor could
a Soviet community of self-identified ‘gay’ people proclaim itself during
the 1960s–1970s with demonstrations and pride marches. Feminism
was shunned by the political ‘dissidents’ and found little purchase in an
underground intellectual milieu that, for complex historical and ideological
reasons, rejected gender as a category of analysis. There was little ‘second
wave’ feminism inside Russia and no ‘lesbian separatism’. The HIV/AIDS
threat during the 1980s would be perceived and conceived of distinctively
by the Soviet medical establishment and media. Moscow in 1989 had a very
different history of understanding and living out ‘queerness’ than that of
Europe’s western capitals.
The fundamental distinction during the period was the Cold War division
of Europe into capitalist and socialist states, into the NATO and Warsaw Pact
blocs. The Cold War left its marks on queer Moscow. The USSR led a restive
bloc of allies, the socialist ‘people’s democracies’ of East Germany, Poland,
Czechoslovakia, Hungary, Romania and Bulgaria. Despite ‘sovietization’,
these countries had diverging histories of regulating queer sexualities, at
considerable variance from Russian traditions and Soviet practice. Finally,
the primary adversary in the Cold War was the United States, and after
Stonewall, Soviet ideologues and gay Russians were compelled to confront
the ‘Americanization of the homosexual’ as a challenge from the opposing
ideological camp.
Less provocative but perhaps more pregnant with possibility was the
evolution of queer citizenship in the European Union during the 1980s,
especially as the last Soviet leader, Mikhail Gorbachev, in office from
1985 to 1991, often spoke of greater engagement with ‘our common
European home’. The ‘political postponement’ of queer freedom until the
1990s triggered a sudden and promiscuous downloading of queer ideas in
Russian cultural life. At the same time, capitalist transformation brought
an explosion of consumerism, including queer cultures, with trends usually
set in Moscow, Russia’s wealthiest metropolis. The significance of queer
freedom in political, economic and social life is the subject of intense debate
in Moscow today.
To appreciate the distinctive trajectory of queer Moscow’s evolution, I
begin by examining the regulation of sexuality in the immediate post-1945
era. After victory in 1945, and after Stalin’s death in 1953, surveillance of
queer genders and sexualities was renewed and extended, in the wider context
of anxieties about social order. The second section explores the complexities
of the period of ‘political postponement’ from 1964 to 1991, when Soviet
liberals and conservatives were locked in a frozen conflict over social values,
Queers in Moscow 1945 to the present 97
and yet the appeal of the West’s ‘sexual revolution’ challenged all. A final
section of this chapter looks at the post-Communist and postmodern era
since 1991, when Moscow became the centre of an unprecedented eruption
of queer activism and cultural action, and at the same time the focus of new
homophobic politics.
treating young men to dinner and his bed in Moscow’s Metropole Hotel,
where secret police surveillance was ubiquitous.7 The accessible record of
sodomy convictions is incomplete, but suggests a rising trend in the 5 years
after 1945. Still, convictions in the city of Moscow’s conventional courts
stood at just six for all of 1950. The immediate post-war years were a time
of hunger, sickness and hard work; opportunities for sex were slim.8 I have
described elsewhere how queer men met in the 1950s in Moscow’s public
toilets, parks and bathhouses for sexual encounters, and how private space
also afforded opportunities for same-sex love.9
We still do not know if secret police actions against homosexuals took
place in the late Stalin years. During this period, secret police terror increased,
targeting a range of ‘counterrevolutionaries’ and new ‘class enemies’. It
seems unlikely that large-scale arrests explicitly for homosexual activity
were conducted by the secret police during the post-war years, only because
no memoirists or émigré observers recall any mass operations against
homosexuals. Gay men would have been collateral victims of the various
campaigns against citizens suspected of disloyalty as the Cold War opened,
and as Stalin’s illness and paranoia advanced.10
After Stalin’s death in 1953, living conditions improved and official
liberalization sanctioned the pursuit of a relatively unmolested private life.
The Party under Khrushchev adopted a tutelary approach, steering citizens
towards ‘communist morality’ through public education and social policy
reform. Despite the headline trend of official de-Stalinization and political
liberality conventionally ascribed to Khrushchev’s rule (beginning with his
‘secret speech’ denouncing Stalin in 1956 and ending with his removal by
hardliners led by Leonid I. Brezhnev in October 1964), recent scholarship
has noted the regime’s nervous responses to the forces unleashed by
liberalization, and its search for new methods of control.11 Decisions about
how to treat queer men and women in this period are a heretofore unknown
example of renewed authoritarianism during the Khrushchev years.
New evidence shows that concern about homosexuality emerged
within, and quickly spread beyond, the Gulag camps and exile settlements,
principally located in the remote north and east. From 1953, the Gulag was
transferred from secret police management and greatly reduced. Millions
were amnestied, and many ‘political’ prisoners were fully rehabilitated.
The release of so many convicts during the mid-1950s triggered a crime
wave that alarmed the public, and spawned debates about social order.12
Gulag doctors and officials worried about the perverse sexual practices
that had long been ignored behind barbed wire. Sodomy and male rape
were supposedly typical of the criminal subculture of the sex-segregated
camps (where more than three quarters of the inmates were male); lesbian
relations were also widespread, supposedly principally among the ‘criminal’
women. The reforming prison service now sought to study and curb perverse
sexuality inside the remaining camps, and the state worried about the spread
of queer sex in society at large.13
Queers in Moscow 1945 to the present 99
Tonia (her surname is unknown) and they survived the war years together,
although often quarrelled; Barkova agonized over Tonia in her diary:
‘Maybe this is the nature of a decadent orientation: perhaps healthy people
never feel this way. But does that mean that they are in the right? . . .. She
considered moving to Moscow to live with other female friends; jealous
at this betrayal, Tonia denounced Barkova. She was arrested in 1947 and
sentenced to 10 years imprisonment for anti-Soviet statements. Released
in 1956, she settled with another ex-inmate lover in Ukraine, but they were
both re-arrested the following year for writing anti-Soviet material. Barkova
was released in 1965, and only fully rehabilitated in 1967, thanks to the
intervention of a leading literary liberal, Aleksandr Tvardovskii; but her
work was excluded from his journal, Novyi mir. In 1967, Barkova settled
in a communal flat in Moscow; she insistently re-wrote her diary after each
confiscation and left a body of work reflecting on the nature of homosexual
desire that remains almost unknown.
than other cities, and yet supply never met demand, with priority given to
newlyweds. A new sector of quasi-private, ‘cooperative’ housing was an
expensive alternative available to senior managers and professionals, and
some gay men appear to have benefited.24
A more likely route for the gay man or lesbian seeking a private apartment
in Moscow was to marry heterosexually and join the faster queue of couples
entitled to housing. By the 1970s, a ‘veritable industry’ in marriages of
convenience operated in the capital.25 This ‘industry’ was not exclusively
homosexual; it was the result of internal passport and residency registration
barriers, devices introduced to socially engineer the populations of major
cities.26 It was impossible to live legally in Moscow or other ‘regime’ cities
without official permission, granted by an employer, university, or when
a resident married a non-resident. Thus, to gain a foothold in the capital,
straights and queers from the provinces sought sympathetic or credulous
Moscow spouses.27 Russian gays and lesbians married each other too, fully
aware of their partners’ orientation, in order to jump the housing queue.
Fictive marriages also conferred respectability on queer participants,
satisfying family curiosity and deflecting official suspicions. Divorce rates
soared after relaxations were enacted early in Brezhnev’s tenure, and
marital breakdown was as much a badge of heterosexuality as an enduring
alliance.28 Soviet queer men (reports do not mention women) also sought to
marry foreigners, and leave the USSR permanently. The marital route out of
the country could be one of the easiest ‘escape routes’ for determined queers.
During the 1960s–80s obtaining exit visas entailed lengthy paperwork
and administrative penalties. Another option, for queers with a Jewish
connection, was to seek an exit visa to Israel, but this route came with
additional harassment and anti-Semitism.29
Not everyone could find private space, and sex in public, which had
long played a role in straight and queer intimate life in Moscow, continued
to assert itself, particularly for gay men. So too did public courtship and
socializing, following traditions established in the late nineteenth century.30
By the 1970s and 1980s, the principal public meeting places for queer
men stretched in an arc around the Kremlin and Red Square, producing a
celebrated marshrut or ‘circuit’ for the adventurous.31 An underground toilet
in the Alexander Gardens near the Kremlin Wall and just steps from the
busy Lenin Library metro station was a notorious place of assignation. Ten
minutes’ walk from this public convenience, facilities in GUM department
store on Red Square itself, or in the basement of the Central Lenin Museum
just off Red Square and directly above the Revolution Square metro, served
as the next ports of call. Leaving the museum and crossing Sverdlov Square,
one passed a monument of Karl Marx glaring down upon the epicentre of
Soviet queerdom: a little garden in front of the Bolshoi Theatre, with its
benches facing each other in a circle surrounding a low fountain, forming
the northern half of Sverdlov Square. The ensemble was partially shielded
from the street by shrubs and gardens. Winter and summer this square – with
102 Queer Cities, Queer Cultures
to self and comrades ironically (so, for example, instead of ‘ia poshel’
‘I went’, masculine gender, they used ‘ia poshla’, feminine gender). Also
popular were feminizing sobriquets; such queeny inversions persisted during
the early twentieth century and, with great discretion, during and after the
Stalin era.43 The Pleshka and its perverse comradeship seemed to license a
degree of linguistic liberty; consider the shock of a friendly heterosexual
visitor to the square in the mid-1970s. The writer Alexander Dymov was
introduced to the scene there by Alesha, a gay friend. On one early visit,
Dymov was present when a friend of Alesha’s in a military uniform arrived
and addressed them:
In a high-pitched voice that cracked from time to time, he sang, “My little
dears! If only you knew what a cock I’ve just sucked!” I was shocked on
three levels. Primo, he was a genuine air force officer in an impeccable
uniform, blue epaulettes and gold buttons. Secundo, despite the masculine
sex of those present, he addressed them as “little dears” [using feminine
gender]. Tertio, he spoke of himself in the feminine gender . . .44
I don’t understand our fucking leaders, who can lock me up and work
me over as much as they like, but they will never get me to change. It’s
104 Queer Cities, Queer Cultures
Moscow put it in 1977 when asked if there was any prospect of a Soviet gay
movement:
Definitely not for the foreseeable future. First, we do not have the gay
subculture that exists in the West, and it is very difficult to develop the
idea of a gay identity, and still less a consciousness of our oppression.
Second, even if a group solidarity existed, it would be impossible to
organize ourselves, given the political repression. The [Soviet] state has
this matter well under control, in contrast, say, to the situation in Poland,
for example. And just as a movement for democratic socialism has more
chance of emerging in Poland than here, I think that a movement for
sexual politics will arise first in one of the people’s democracies [rather
than here].54
Foreign leftist gay activists expressed similar views, even as they made
concerted and sometimes daring efforts to establish ties with gay and lesbian
‘leaders’ in Moscow and Leningrad.55 The opinion of the Russian-speaking
US professor writing in 1980 was pessimistic:
Soviet society changes with glacial speed; the enormous advances in gay
rights during the 1970s in America and western Europe have not begun
to happen here, nor are they likely to happen for generations to come.
More important, even the small improvements that have occurred are not
necessarily permanent. Who knows what will happen after Brezhnev?56
Another Moscow woman who later gained notoriety as the first Soviet
lesbian activist, Evgenia Debrianskaya, also married heterosexually in
these years.58 Olga Krauze was born into a Leningrad professional family
106 Queer Cities, Queer Cultures
in 1953. As a youngster, she wore trousers in the streets and changed into
her school dress on the sly. Qualifying as a designer in the late 1970s
she was lucky to find a kruzhok of gays and lesbians in Leningrad. ‘We
shuttled back and forth between Moscow and Peter[sburg]. Later I got
involved in activism, the underground, mutual aid. I remember very clearly
how we organized marriages of convenience with gay men, when they
needed saving from prosecution.’59 Krauze’s experience illustrates how
artificial it is to divide a history of queer Moscow from that of the Soviet
Union’s second city, Leningrad. Rail and airfares were very cheap, and
shared contacts between the two Russian ‘capitals’ expanded the circle of
trusted friends.60
Soviet intersex and trans people emerged from obscurity in this period
as a result of the expansion of medical research, centred on Moscow.
Professor Aron I. Belkin of Moscow’s Institute of Psychiatry, in coopera-
tion with colleagues from the Institute of Experimental Endocrinology,
experimented with ‘correcting’ the sex of intersex persons, and chang-
ing the sex of transgender patients. These experts were ignorant of the
many Soviet experiments in these areas during the 1920s–1930s, but well
versed in Western developments since 1945.61 In the 15 years after 1961,
the endocrinology institute operated on 684 hermaphrodites to ‘clarify’
their sex, in 71 cases, resulting in a change of passport sex. In the 1970s,
many intersex patients were teenagers and adults; there were no stand-
ard protocols for treating intersex infants, and local doctors hesitated
to intervene. Patients had to journey vast distances to seek advice from
Moscow’s specialist clinics.62 Changing the passport sex of a Soviet citizen
was apparently harder than ‘giving the hermaphrodite an unambiguous
sex by means of surgical and hormonal therapy’; despite new regulations
introduced in 1974, to change patients’ paperwork, doctors had to write
dozens of unofficial letters to bureaucrats, falsify medical records, and
conduct long-term pastoral relationships with many intersex patients to
ensure their successful integration.63
Belkin and his colleagues also began sex-change operations during this
period. Little is known about these patients and their experience. Igor
Kon (1928–2011), the nation’s foremost sexologist, noted that the psy-
chiatrist Belkin conducted sex changes without the psychological testing
considered standard in the West; there was simply no one he could con-
fidently entrust with the task.64 Later at the end of the 1990s, surgeons
and endocrinologists were well versed in the full range of Western proce-
dures including psychological filtering of prospective patients, and their
post-operative pastoral care.65 As with intersex patients, ordinary Soviet
physicians had scant acquaintance with Western medical approaches to
the transgendered subject. Some doctors knew about sex change opera-
tions and thought they ought to be prescribed for women presenting as
lesbians (according to one woman’s autobiography published in a queer
journal).66
Queers in Moscow 1945 to the present 107
Post-communist, Postmodern
In 1985, with the accession of Mikhail S. Gorbachev as leader of the
Communist Party, political stasis came to an end. Increasingly bold bids
to revitalize the Soviet system flowed from the Kremlin, guided by ‘new
thinking’, ‘restructuring’ (perestroika), ‘openness’ (glasnost), and crucially,
‘democracy’ as watchwords. The political results – the end of the Cold War
(1989), the collapse of Communist rule, the largely peaceful disintegration
of the Soviet Union into 15 sovereign states (1991) – are well known. The
former socialist bloc abandoned socialist economics and embraced capitalist
globalization. The change was seismic, experienced by Russians as liberating,
euphoric and deeply unsettling as well.
A discursive ‘sexual revolution’ accompanied the wider political
revolution. With increasing boldness, in the late 1980s, the Soviet media
talked openly and explicitly about sex to an audience that was amazed,
titillated, shocked and disgusted – and could not, it seems, get enough of
it. Glasnost in the realm of sexuality brought stunning media openness
to Western ideas and values, frank reflection on the anxieties and joys
of ordinary citizens, and even crude attempts to arouse audiences. Sex
became of badge of ‘post-ness,’ post-Sovietness, of life after Communism
however it might take shape. All sex became in late Soviet and early post-
Soviet culture a credential marking out one’s text or product as non- or
anti-Soviet, new, fresh and democratic. Homosexuality was publicly
acknowledged as one of the social ‘problems’ that the Soviet system had
swept under the carpet. More daringly after 1991 it became a symbol for a
spectrum of social and cultural preoccupations (many of them having little
to do with queer experience). Yet at the same time, notes of anxiety and
fear accompanied these stirrings: HIV/AIDS was a new threat apparently
from outside the USSR, and ‘non-traditional’ sexuality (a label for queer
sex that has stuck) was to be blamed.67
Moscow was the centre of these developments. However, one should not
ignore the vast provincial hinterland in the evolution of post-Communist
queer Russia. In political and cultural terms, the late 1980s and the 1990s
were a moment of decentralization, when Russia’s regions re-discovered their
voices. The provinces and republics of the Russian Federation (independent
from late 1991 and led by President Boris Yeltsin until 1999) displayed
greater confidence and threw up new leaders on the national stage. This
was as true in Russia’s LGBT culture and politics as in any other field in
the 1990s. From 2000, with paramount leader Vladimir V. Putin, a counter-
trend towards the re-centralization of power and wealth began, which has
not yet run its course. However, the rise of digital technologies and networks
has undermined Putin’s agenda with significant consequences for queer
Russians.
On the eve of Communism’s collapse, Soviet queer voices took advan
tage of democratic politics to speak out with a fresh, uncompromising
108 Queer Cities, Queer Cultures
frankness about homosexuality in the USSR. The first Soviet gay and
lesbian magazine, Tema (The Theme – a common tag for same-sex love),
appeared in December 1989, edited by Roman Kalinin (born 1966) and
Vladislav Ortanov (1953–2011), assisted by the politically experienced
Debrianskaya, who devised a front-organization to support the publication,
the Association of Sexual Minorities (ASM). The ASM hosted several media
conferences in Moscow in 1990–91, well attended by Western journalists
and soon by Russian ones too; its first, in February 1990, saw Tema’s
associates condemn the persecution of sexual minorities and call for the
decriminalization of male homosexuality.68 Early attempts to develop an
organization representing all Soviet lesbians and gays came to nothing,
but Tema itself galvanized young activists from across the Soviet Union.
They had support from international friends, who invited Kalinin to San
Francisco in late 1990 on a speaking and fundraising tour. The diminutive
blond made an impression on US audiences, and the funds raised went
to support a major international conference of gay and lesbian rights,
held in Moscow and Leningrad in summer 1991. In June 1991, Kalinin
stood in the elections for Russian president as a candidate for the tiny
Libertarian Party, and if his chances of winning were non-existent, the
media publicized his demands for an end to gay persecution with a degree
of bemused curiosity.69 Activists around Tema participated in the public
agitation that followed the August 1991 attempted coup against Gorbachev.
They printed an extra 4,000 copies of the magazine, with Boris Yeltsin’s
proclamation denouncing the coup, and distributed them to crowds and
soldiers in tanks at the Moscow demonstrations.70 In retrospect, the small
band of activists who gave voice to the demands of homosexuals in the
last months of Soviet power now appear braver and more successful than
many at the time were prepared to concede. While male homosexuality
was still illegal, the KGB still threatening gay men, and when the social
taboo against coming out publicly as gay or lesbian remained extremely
strong, a core of Moscow radicals dared to organize a campaign for queer
rights and to publish their demands in the country’s first queer magazine
and in the national media.71
Decriminalization of gay male sex came soon after, in April 1993, in
an omnibus package of laws rushed through the Russian legislature by
the Yeltsin administration. The influence of the first generation of queer
activists on the legal change was probably very limited. Instead, Russia’s
‘shock therapy’ reformers were keen to enact as much legislation to comply
with Council of Europe human rights standards as quickly as possible.72
When one considers how cooperation broke down later in 1993 between
the president (who had a strong popular mandate after the June 1991
election) and the legislature (a holdover from the Soviet regime, packed with
Communists), it seems remarkable that the administration managed to get
its way on this controversial measure. Nevertheless, the decriminalization
of voluntary sodomy between adults was confirmed by legislators in
Queers in Moscow 1945 to the present 109
Notes
1 I am grateful to my former colleagues at Reading University for teaching relief
that enabled my research and writing, and to Elena Gusiatinskaya and Viktor
Oboin, who have taught me so much about queer Russia. I use a simplified
form of Russian transliteration in the text; in citations I use the modified
Library of Congress system. All translations are the author’s own.
Queers in Moscow 1945 to the present 111
Further reading
Baer, B. J. (2009), Other Russias: Homosexuality and the Crisis of Post-Soviet
Identity. New York: Palgrave Macmillan.
Essig, L. (1999), Queer in Russia: A Story of Sex, Self and the Other. Durham and
London: Duke University Press.
“G” [Harlow Robinson] (1980), ‘The secret life of Moscow’, Christopher Street,
15–21 June; reprinted in M. Denneny et al. (eds) (1983), The Christopher Street
Reader. New York: Coward McCann; Wideview/Perigree, pp. 199–206.
Gessen, M. (1994), The Rights of Lesbians and Gay Men in the Russian Federation.
San Francisco: International Gay and Lesbian Human Rights Commission.
Healey, D. (2001), Homosexual Desire in Revolutionary Russia: The Regulation of
Sexual and Gender Dissent. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
—(2008), ‘“Untraditional Sex” and the “Simple Russian”: Nostalgia for Soviet
innocence in the polemics of Dilia Enikeeva’, in T. Lahusen and P. H. Solomon,
Jr (eds), What Is Soviet Now? Identities, Legacies, Memories. Berlin: Lit Verlag,
pp. 173–91.
—(2010), ‘Active, passive, and Russian: The national idea in gay men’s
pornography’, Russian Review, 69(2), 210–30.
Kelly, C. (1999), ‘Anna Barkova (1901–1976)’, in C. D. Tomei (ed.), Russian
Women Writers. New York: Garland Publishing, pp. 943–56.
Kharitonov, Y. (1998), Under House Arrest. London: Serpent’s Tail.
Kon, I. S. (1995), The Sexual Revolution in Russia. New York: Free Press.
Queers in Moscow 1945 to the present 117
Moss, K. (ed.) (1996), Out of the Blue: Russia’s Hidden Gay Literature. San
Francisco: Gay Sunshine Press.
Schluter, D. (2002), Gay Life in the Former USSR: Fraternity without Community.
New York: Routledge.
Stella, F. (2013), ‘Queer space, pride, and shame in Moscow’, Slavic Review, 72(3),
458–80.
Tuller, D. (1996), Cracks in the Iron Closet: Travels in Gay & Lesbian Russia.
Boston and London: Faber & Faber.
Zhuk, O. (1994), ‘The lesbian subculture: The historical roots of lesbianism in the
former USSR’, in A. Posadskaya (ed.), Women in Russia: A New Era in Russian
Feminism. London: Verso.
6
Queer Amsterdam 1945–2010
Gert Hekma
its slow demise afterwards, while at the same time contesting the idea of the
city as a gay utopia. Typically, when homosexuality is discussed in Holland,
it nearly always concerns men. And indeed, the specific anti-homosexual
article 248bis (1911–71) was concerned 99 per cent of the time with males.1
In 2007, 96 per cent of anti-gay violence cases reported to the Amsterdam
police concerned men.2 As such the focus of this chapter is more on men
than women. We find through the examination of interviews, newspapers,
archives and secondary literature that Amsterdam has a reputation as one
of the most sexually liberated cities for gay men in particular; in this chapter
it is argued that this positive (self) evaluation needs nuancing. Too many
problems with straight norms, discrimination and invisibility still haunt this
idea of the city being a ‘gay and lesbian Mecca’.3
Social situation
The discrimination homosexuals faced in the post-war years was manifold.
Family, friends and colleagues would often reject homosexuals. This was
related to religious beliefs that made homosex a sin unmentionable among
Christians. At the same time, it was seen as a medical pathology and criminal
offence. The silencing of queer issues may have been advantageous because
it meant that the public perception of homosexuality among straight people
remained low. The rejection of gay men was stronger than of that of lesbians
for three reasons. The first issue was anal sex, the second, effeminacy and the
third, the seduction of adolescents. Most insults towards gay people turned
on the first two themes with variations of slurs from ‘bottom’ and ‘brown’
to ‘sissy’ and ‘nelly’. The third reproach related to relationships between
adults and minors of the same sex. In 1911, the Netherlands was the first
country to include an article in the criminal law (248bis) that created a
different age of consent for homo- and heterosexual relations, 21 and
16 years, respectively. It was based on the idea that since homosexuals did
not reproduce they had to recruit youngsters to fill their ranks.4 This legal
discrimination was the reason behind Schorer’s decision to start the NWHK.
Another legal article that affected homosexuals was the one about public
indecency. It was not only the ways of having sex that were scrutinized, but
also certain ways of being. From the late nineteenth century, the Netherlands
witnessed, alongside other Western European countries, a debate about
the cause of homosexuality. Around 1900, Amsterdam physicians Arnold
Aletrino and Lucien von Römer followed German Karl Ulrichs in describing
homosexuality as a natural variation with homosexuals, therefore needing
equal rights. Their argument was taken up by medical people who proposed
that ‘sexual inversion’ might be an innate, but pathological condition. So
homosexuality was at that time in the Netherlands a sin, crime and disease.
It was nothing to be proud of and was often a source of shame and difficulty
for the men and women themselves and their families and friends.
120 Queer Cities, Queer Cultures
The situation worsened after the introduction of new sex laws in 1911,5
strongly promoted by new Christian parties that participated in the
government of the Netherlands from the World War I until 1994. From
the 1930s on, medical therapies – including castration for ‘sex criminals’ –
strengthened the social rejection homosexuals faced. This pressure continued
to grow until the 1950s. Not only had the number of cases for sex with
minors been rising, so too had public indecency. Moreover, municipalities
introduced rules that made it illegal to remain for longer than 5 minutes in
a public toilet. Amsterdam did so in 1955. But growing sexual repression
meant that social resistance mounted.
Germany. The rise of the gay scene in the 1950s and 1960s paralleled what
happened with the Red Light District: growth and internationalization.
Along with the bars and discos, hotels started to specialize in gay tourism.
The movement from street to bar life was stimulated by the police who
liked it better when gays were hidden away in their own subculture instead
of hanging around on streets having sex and making trouble with straight
men. It was in this period that it became forbidden to stay longer than
5 minutes in a urinal.
The change from street to bar life had another important cause. Gays had
been defined as sissies: men not only with same-sex interests but also with
an inverted, feminine gender identity. In the 1860s, Ulrichs’ had summarized
his theory of an innate homosexuality and psychic hermaphroditism for gay
men as ‘female souls in a male body’, with lesbians being ‘male souls in a
female body’. Effeminate homosexual men and masculine dykes did not look
for sex with their equals, but with their opposites: ‘real’ straight men and
women who were not gender-inverted. As in heterosexual relations, the idea
reigned that only opposites could be sexually attracted to each other. ‘Dykes
with dykes’ was perceived as incompatible and wouldn’t work sexually. In
Dutch, queens and trade were nicht (sissy, literally niece) and tule (tulle,
probably referring to the ‘beauty’ of straight youth). Butch-femme had no
clear equivalent in Dutch. A butch was a pot (meaning pot or jar) with some
variations, and for butch-femme, generally, binaries were applied: brother-
sister, boy-girl, trouser-skirt, sling-handbag.10 Other oppositions like those
of class, age or ethnicity could replace or be added to gender differences in
sexual relations. What straight people specifically attributed to gay men,
effeminacy and an interest in straight men, was theory and practice until the
1950s, for gay and straight men as for psychiatrists. Just before the war a
collection of 35 stories of homosexual men and women was published – De
Homosexueelen – in which homosexuals discussed these ‘stereotypes’ having
purchase in their real lives. Lesbians presented themselves as tomboys with
an interest in rough play while male homosexuals expressed a strong dislike
for sports like football.11
Queens of the 1950s were still effeminate and Paris was for many of them
epitome of a culture of elegance. They wore French styles of dress, listened
to continental music like French chansons and German and Dutch Schlagers
and danced Viennese style. Dandies were their preferred subcultural icons,
not cowboys. But this image and iconography would soon be superseded
by a new generation from the late 1950s onwards who saw queens as relics
of a repressive past. The new style was decidedly American: blue jeans,
lumberjack shirts or white Ts, short hair, pop music and wild dancing, and
icons like James Dean. Beer replaced sherry and wine as favourite drinks.
And most importantly, there emerged on the scene new ‘masculine’ gay
men who were interested sexually in each other and no longer searched
for heteros. They could not understand how their predecessors had desired
straight men and cultivated a feminine style.
Queer Amsterdam 1945–2010 123
The change of attitudes from a system of sissies looking for straight guys
to gay men deliberately pursuing each other had important consequences
for sexual comparisons. The homosexuality of past times was seen as similar
to prostitution: situational contacts between unequals with monetary
transactions. The new gay men often had more equal relations that resembled
marriage. They rose in status from whorish to marriageable and respectable.
This change in perception strongly influenced psychiatrists who compared
homosexuality in the early 1950s with sex-work and shit (referring to anal
sex) and thought sissies seduced boys into homosexual pleasures. A decade
later, exactly the same people had changed over to ideas of homophile
identities and ‘fixed friendships’ – with sex, boys and money left out. From
sodomy, pederasty and whoring, homosex had finally become acceptable as
homophilia (a popular word in post-war Holland), more a special identity
than an abject practice. It meant an end to public sexual border traffic and
the rise of a privatized gay commercial scene that created safety inside but
not beyond its walls.
Interest in trade had been widespread among homosexuals, and also in
adolescents. Paedophiles belonged to the gay world as COC iconography
demonstrates: many illustrations of its journal Vriendschap (Friendship)
showcase adolescents under 21 years. Youngsters could easily be found in
streets, around urinals and in parks, but entering gay bars was forbidden
to them. They had sex with older gay men for money, as a pastime or as a
way of experimenting with homosexuality. For various reasons many young
men stopped having gay sex in the 1950s and 1960s: because girls were less
pressured to remain chaste (some were even able to acquire contraceptives to
prevent pregnancy) and also because a greater although negative awareness
of homosexuality made it less attractive for adolescents who needed to be
seen as hetero and masculine. Youth became less available and more straight.
Gay men were forced into each other’s arms where they had previously felt
uncomfortable. From the 1960s on, relations between adult men became the
dominant and desired form of same-sexual pleasure.
Men with paedophile interests still referred to classical times when such
relations were highly regarded. Greek and Roman antiquity remained
a reference point for the homosexual movement until the 1950s. The
renowned Dutch turn-of-the-century author Louis Couperus strongly
contributed to this reputation with his classical novels on emperors,
Alexander the Great and Elagabalus. This celebration of male eros ended,
mainly because sexual equality became the norm and gay men now rather
desired each other than the straight or undefined men and youth of the
past. Paedophiles were increasingly differentiated from homosexual men,
and a clearer separation developed between love for adult men and male
youth. The two main paedophile spokesmen became Frits Bernard and
Edward Brongersma. They worked for the COC but were sidelined in 1963
although Brongersma continued to lobby as a Labour senator for the repeal
of article 248bis, which was finally realized in 1971. Paedophiles saw some
124 Queer Cities, Queer Cultures
success in the 1970s in the slipstream of the gay and lesbian movement.
Some psychiatrists, journalists, politicians and police officers supported
their cause; since the 1980s, however, paedophilia has been increasingly
demonized in Holland.
It wasn’t just paedophiles that emerged as a special group in the post-war
period. In the early 1950s, the bar of Hotel Tiemersma in the Red Light
District’s Warmoesstraat developed into the first leather venue with the
city’s first dark room. It meant the beginning of serious masculinization of
homosexuals in Amsterdam. In 1965, the Argos opened and in 1970 the LL
bar that soon organized highly appreciated monthly leather parties. Also
in 1970, Motor Sportclub Amsterdam (MSA) became the organization for
kinky queers.12 At the other end of the gender spectrum, COC and DOK had
organized drag parties and fashion designers came to gay bars in spectacular
female clothing.13 In 1961, these shows became a regular feature for mainly
straight audiences in the bar Madame Arthur.14
from sin, crime and disease to something close to normal, from an abject
practice to a more accepted way of being.
The COC was a major player in these transformations. It changed from
an underground organization of men who used pseudonyms to one that
participated in public culture and started a dialogue with other groups.
In 1965, it founded a journal Dialoog, a title that indicated its intention
to form a bridge between gay and straight – now in political and no longer
in sexual terms.17 Gay author Gerard Reve became one of its editors. He
was already well known but now made headlines because of the ‘donkey’
court case. In an article in Dialoog he expressed his belief that Jesus would
return to earth as a donkey that he would fuck out of love and faith. An
orthodox protestant MP brought him to court and the case went all the
way up to High Court. He was judged not to be guilty of blasphemy: it
was, the court said, his private way of believing.18 Reve was extremely
important for homosexual emancipation and beyond because his work also
included themes of polyamory and kinky sex. COC’s Christian members
were critical of Reve’s pronouncements but like most other Dutch people
they were astounded by the quick and radical changes. In 1965, Reve’s work
was still unacceptable but in 1968, it became fashionable despite this bestial
blasphemy.19
In the sexual revolutionary years from 1965 to 1970, Amsterdam’s streets
witnessed dramatic changes. In 1965, a radical anarchist Provo movement
squatted houses for the homeless, was against polluting cars and in favour
of public transport, and had a ‘white bicycle’, a ‘white women’ and a ‘white
homophile plan’. This meant that bicycles should be freely available and
that women and homosexuals should have equal rights.20 In the first issue of
its journal Provo, an activist declared himself in favour of ‘complete amoral
promiscuity’. Though Provo suspended its activities in 1967,21 it set an
example for other groups in Amsterdam and elsewhere. Protests started to
fill the streets with demonstrations against nuclear weapons, Vietnam War
and fascist or colonial regimes. Young artists protested against a fossilized
system, radical feminists declared lesbianism to be a political choice against
patriarchy, artists created nude shows and published explicit erotic journals.
More students than ever started studying and fought for democratization.
Squatting became a major housing policy for the alternative scene and
several lesbian and queer communal households were set up.
Soon feminists started their own journals, printing and publishing
houses, bookshops and bars in which lesbians actively participated. They
had leading positions in feminist organizations, struggles for abortion and
sex-worker rights, women’s studies and cultural endeavours. Many opted
for feminist rather than gay activities and often remained invisible as
lesbians. The first lesbian movements of the 1970s criticized homophobia
of feminists and sexism of gays, but after that decade many participants
looked to feminist causes rather than specifically lesbian and gay issues.
After a short flowering of lesbian sexual visibility in women’s festivals in
126 Queer Cities, Queer Cultures
the famous art house Milky Way (1977–79) and in glossy Diva (1982–85),
Amsterdam’s lesbian life began to stagnate. Some bars and parties started in
this period but it remained more difficult to organize lesbians than gay men
in terms of this scene. The city had at most two or three lesbian bars in those
decades compared with the dozens for gay men.
The gay scene grew from five bars in 1950 with eight new bars and two
discos in 1953–57, one to two venues each year in the period 1961–67 and
six in 1968 alone to some 30 locations in 1970. Among these new venues
of the 1960s were three saunas and one exclusively lesbian bar Tabu that
opened in 1969. Four mixed pubs were tended by lesbians, two of them
already existing in 1950, the famous Mandje of Bet van Beeren (1927–83,
2008–present) and the Monico of Saar Heshof who herself kept the bar for
60 years (1941–2001). These mixed bars catered to butches and femmes,
while the Tabu attracted an elegant middle-class lesbian public. In this
period, only three venues went out of business and four changed owners –
indicating that gay bars now had a longer lifecycle.22 The authorities in the
1960s disliked the many tourists who flocked to Amsterdam for its gay life
which was felt to be freer than elsewhere in Europe. The influx continued
for many decades, though – and to the city’s benefit.
The possibility to be openly gay together with the parallel abolition of
religious, criminal and psychiatric discrimination was the great revolution
of the 1960s and was an amazing step forward. The ease and eagerness
with which many gay men acted upon it remains astonishing. The retreat of
official anti-homosexual attitudes into hidden closets and of homosexuals
from streets into private and semi-public spheres – also in terms of more
acceptable clothing and behaviour in public – was simultaneous. This new
‘integration’ also made homosexuals increasingly invisible.
The COC may have been exemplary of these developments halfway
through the 1960s, but its new and open leadership was soon overrun
by a more radical student generation from 1967 on. They demanded
social change as a precondition for homosexual integration. Since they
were affected as ‘minors’ by article 248bis, they staged the first gay and
lesbian demonstration in February 1969 on the steps of parliament in The
Hague against this legal inequality. In 1970, they also organized the first
demonstration in Amsterdam and in the late 1960s, they held same-sex
‘dance actions’ in straight discos. In the early 1970s, these student groups
were surpassed by more radical movements that proposed separatism to
discover their own culture and what it meant to be gay or lesbian before
social integration could be developed. Starting in 1971, Purple Mina, Purple
September, Lesbian Nation (the first Dutch lesbian movements), Faggot
Front and Red Faggots mainly operated culturally with parties, bars, books,
zines and music. In 1977, lesbians organized the first national demonstration
in Amsterdam inspired by the Stonewall examples that developed into the
Pink Saturdays celebrated to this day in June’s final weekend. In less than
15 years, Amsterdam’s gay and lesbian world had seen four generations of
Queer Amsterdam 1945–2010 127
Surinamese venue but this is less true in other parts of the scene. The gay
movement is still by and large white. Since the 1980s, there have been ethnic
gay and lesbian groups, first Surinamese and later Arab, Turkish, Muslim
and racially mixed. Ethnic minority queers have to face the dichotomy that
has been created between gay-friendly Dutch and gay-rejecting Muslims.
Many queers from these groups like to go out but rarely to come out.
Most local gay activists of colour are atypical recent immigrants. They
followed a lover, sought asylum, studied here or came for the city’s tolerant
reputation. Second-generation New Dutch are rarely to be found among
queer activists.29
Many Moroccan and Turkish political leaders spoke out in favour of
homosexuals, and some like MPs Hirsi Ali and Ahmed Marcouch and Ahmed
Aboutaleb (now mayor of Rotterdam) chastized their fellow-Muslims for
their restrictive attitudes regarding homosexuals and women. The Labour
Party, which had often supported gay and lesbian movements, became
hesitant because they did not want to alienate their Muslim constituency by
defending sexual freedoms too openly. Leftists stressed that the perpetrators
of anti-gay violence were not only ethnic minorities but also white kids, or
that Islam played no role in the violence. The number of perpetrators from
the city of Amsterdam for 2007 shows that Moroccan young men were
indeed overrepresented: 36 per cent of perpetrators of anti-gay violence
were Dutch-Moroccan and another 36 per cent white Dutch; their share
among young men under 25 years was respectively 16 and 39 per cent.30
In recent years, the city’s tolerant reputation took some serious blows.
Since 2007, Labour leaders want to trim down the Red Light District
using exaggerated numbers regarding sex worker abuse and trafficking.
‘Problems’ with drug tourists have caused national authorities to limit the
sale of soft drugs to locals and excluding foreign tourists. Populists attribute
all national miseries to New Dutch and ‘Left Church’ multicultural ideals.
The present-day demonization of paedophiles stands in stark contrast
to greater acceptance in the 1970s. Such sentiments are not peculiar for
the Netherlands, but because Dutch were famous for tolerance on such
controversial themes, recent changes surprised liberal observers who may
have hoped that social progress is inevitable.
Tolerance of homosexuality seemed an exception. The number of
Dutch who claim in surveys they accept homosexuality is rising to levels
of 95 per cent. This is important and encouraging, but what is its value?
Additional questions were posed about what they think of seeing two men
or women kissing in public. Some 40 per cent and 35 per cent, respectively,
admit to disliking this. Homosexuality may be fine at a distance, but is less
tolerated if close by.31 There are more examples of failing tolerance. Sixteen
per cent of young lesbians and 9 per cent of gays under 25 years have tried
to commit suicide.32 Thirty per cent of young queer males would prefer not
to be gay.33 In Amsterdam schools, 53 per cent of the boys and 18 per cent
of the girls report anti-gay insults. For 22 per cent of male youth, this is a
regular occurrence. Only 11 per cent of boys and girls admit to feelings of
Queer Amsterdam 1945–2010 131
same-sex attraction. It seems that many more boys endure anti-gay abuse
than have such feelings – a sure sign of straight socialization in a presumably
gay-tolerant city.34 A major problem is lack of support in schools for kids who
show non-normative gender and sexual behaviour. This disinterest facilitates
anti-queer behaviour of male youngsters who set the tone in schools.
It remains difficult to assess the decline or growth of the gay scene. The
number of venues may go up and down but they have remained stable over
time. Neighbourhood and company pride groups are a recent addition to gay
life. There is a distinct feeling that the number of gay tourists has stagnated
but there are no data. Since 2007, the police registered ever more cases of
anti-gay violence, but it may be more an effect of the growing attention
to the subject and higher levels of people reporting such violence. What
seems certainly to have decreased is the number of murders of gay men
by male hustlers. In the 1980s, two men per year were killed, but now it
is rarer.35 This decrease is clearly related to the transition from street and
bar prostitution to escort services on the internet. This seems to be safer.
Remarkable is the growth of the annual Canal Pride Parade that takes
place on the first weekend of August. It started in 1996, 2 years before
the Gay Games and attracts growing numbers of visitors. Several hundred
thousands are now expected. More organizations join the parade each year:
first mainly gay groups and political parties, later big companies, police, fire
brigade, municipal and national government and religious organizations.
In 2001, an Arab boat was a big hit, while in 2007 another with under
sixteens created controversy due to the paedophile scare. Every year there is
criticism about there being too little emphasis on politics and too much on
commercialization.
Nowadays, the city bears witness to much discussion about solidarity
over group boundaries but offers little queer content. Amsterdam has
become famous as a gay capital through the hard work of local queers, but
support of various other groups is often symbolic rather than systematic.
These groups were perhaps eager for economic profits derived from vacant
identities but were antagonistic to sexual pleasures. The city has a long way
to go to become a place where sexual citizenship in terms of ‘doing’ rather
than ‘being’ is actively fostered.
Notes
1 Koenders, P. (1996), Tussen Christelijk Réveil en seksuele revolutie.
Bestrijding van zedeloosheid met de nadruk op repressie van homoseksualiteit.
Amsterdam: IISG, p. 864.
2 Buijs, L. J., G. Hekma and J. W. Duyvendak (2009), Als ze maar van me
afblijven. Een onderzoek naar antihomoseksueel geweld in Amsterdam.
Amsterdam: Amsterdam University Press, p. 55.
3 This article is based on the mentioned literature; see for gay and lesbian scene
Kooten Niekerk, A. van and S. Wijmer (1985), Verkeerde vriendschap. Lesbisch
132 Queer Cities, Queer Cultures
Further reading
Bartels, T. (2003), Dancing on the Homomonument. Amsterdam: Schorer.
Bartels, T. and J. Versteegen (eds) (2005), Homo-Encyclopedie van Nederland.
Amsterdam: Anthos.
134 Queer Cities, Queer Cultures
Roman Kuhar
Jost, director of Boys (Dečki), the first Slovenian gay movie from 1977.14
The movie is based on a novel with the same name by France Novšak,
published in 1938. The story is set in a catholic boarding school and depicts
a teenage love story between two boys. Jost prepared the script for the movie
in 1971, but at first he was not allowed to make the movie as the Cultural
Union forbade the shooting. In 1976, he decided to make and finance the
movie on his own. This time the authorities did not protest (although the
police did pay a few visits during the filming). Once the movie was publicly
shown in 1977, however, its further distribution was prohibited. The movie
was shown only twice before its second premier in 2004 at the Gay and
Lesbian Film Festival in Ljubljana. This screening gave the community a
sense of its own history, both in terms of the topic of the film as well as in
terms of the screening itself. This sense was extended in 2009, when the
festival screened some other Slovenian movies from the seventies – none of
which was marked as a ‘gay movie’, but had clear gay undertones or even
featured explicit gay and lesbian scenes, as in Boštjan Hladnik’s Ubij me
nežno (Kill me softly, 1979) and Maškarada (Masquerade, 1971). Due to
the explicit homoerotic scenes Maškarada was not screened in its original
version until 1982.15
As the borders in Slovenia of the seventies and later were relatively open
to the West, there existed exchange not only with Western culture but also
its scientific discourse. The influential Slovenian Research Report on Social
Pathology borrowed extensively from reports by Alfred Kinsey (1948 and
1953) and John Wolfenden (1957). The report defined homosexuality as a
‘less dangerous social phenomenon’ and argued against repressive measures as
a solution for homosexuality. While the authors claimed that homosexuality
should remain valued as a ‘negative sexual activity’, they nevertheless opted
for its decriminalization. They concluded that in practice, police in Slovenia
had already realized that repression was not an effective tool for dealing
with the ‘deviant sexual behaviour of two consenting adults’.16
The possibility for a change to the Penal Code came in 1974, when
Yugoslavia adopted a new Constitution, granting each of the six republics
the right to its own Code. Janez Šinkovec, the Supreme Court judge at the
time, believed that homosexuality should be decriminalized as Slovenia
was already lagging behind contemporary jurisprudence. In an interview
in 1974 he said: ‘I certainly believe that intimate lives of adults . . . are
truly their own personal issue and there is no need for the society to feel
obliged to intervene in this field’.17 His statement was in line with liberal
interpretations of the private/public divide and western ideas about the role
of the state in such matters. However, it took another 3 years before the
Penal Code was changed. This created a platform for the future cultural and
political ‘coming out’ of the lesbian and gay movement in Ljubljana in the
eighties. Slovenia, Croatia and Montenegro decriminalized homosexuality
in 1977, while other republics repealed the article about 20 years later:
Serbia in 1994, Macedonia in 1997 and Bosnia in 1998.
140 Queer Cities, Queer Cultures
In 1984, Magnus organized the first gay club nights at the newly
established students’ alternative club K4 in the centre of Ljubljana. Gay
Saturday nights became an important part of Ljubljana’s alternative scene.
The club has been frequented by people from all over Yugoslavia, Italy and
Austria. Despite some interruptions, gay nights at K4 remain to this day
an important (and for a long time the only) spatial reference point for the
gay and lesbian community in Ljubljana (and Slovenia). However, the gay
Saturday nights were replaced by the less attractive gay Sunday nights in
the first year of its operation. It was soon realized by the owners of the
club that giving Saturday to the gay community meant losing the key ‘party
day’. This sent a clear symbolic message as the community was pushed to
the margins of the ‘party week’. Nevertheless, for a gay man like myself
growing up in a rural area of northern Slovenia, the ‘Roza nedelja’ (Pink
Sunday) became some kind of an all-inclusive reference to homosexuality. It
was such a strong marker that it has been used also in (heterosexist) public
speech in mockery.
The gay and lesbian movement of the eighties helped to relocate the issue
of homosexuality from the psychiatric context of the seventies and earlier
(reflected primarily in media reports) to the cultural and political contexts
of the eighties and after. For example, in 1986, Magnus issued a public
manifesto demanding that the school curriculum should include teaching
that homosexuality had the same social status as heterosexuality and called
for an amendment to the Constitution so that discrimination on the basis of
sexual orientation would be prohibited. Although these requests were never
fulfilled, such interventions contributed to an increased attention to the gay
and lesbian community from the media and the general public.
The formation of the gay movement in Ljubljana may be understood
through two contexts. First, the Slovenian movement was influenced by the
experiences of the Western movements, which were by then already practis
ing identity politics and experiencing some success. The second context is
related to the political agenda of the new social movements in Slovenia. In this
sense, as Lešnik (2005) points out, the goal of Magnus was to transform the
social relations in a way to guarantee the freedom of expression, including
the expression of sexuality.21 Rather than the question of identity, the initial
urge was to bring the question of agency and action to the forefront of the
movement. The aim was to make visible and hearable what used to be silent
and set at the social margins. It challenged boundaries and the relationship
between ‘deviant’ and ‘normal’. On the one hand, Magnus called for the
prohibition of discrimination based on sexual orientation, but on the other,
it advocated the creation of space for alternative practices. In other words,
its original goal was not immersion in mainstream norms.22
Ljubljana more or less peacefully (or unknowingly?) incorporated the
emerging gay scene into its social and cultural life. All this changed in 1987
when the fourth Magnus festival was scheduled to start on 25 May,
corresponding with the late Yugoslavian president Tito’s birthday (Marshal
Tito died in 1980). Again Berlin played a significant role in the story.
142 Queer Cities, Queer Cultures
Bogdan Lešnik attended a film festival in Berlin in February 1987 and gave
an interview for the festival bulletin in which he mentioned that the Magnus
festival would take place on 25 May. The interview was read by a Serbian
journalist who launched this information in the Serbian media and informed
readers of the apparently astonishing fact that in Ljubljana ‘a homosexual
is not blamed for or subjected to ridicule. Homosexuality is assumed to be
a personal matter’.23
Tito’s birthday, 25 May was viewed as a kind of a sacred day on which
‘ugly things’ should be kept out of view of the festive Yugoslav citizens.
In this context, homosexuality was constructed as anti-communist. At that
time, Slovenia was already suspected of having aspirations to exit from the
Yugoslav federation and the festival came as a handy means for putting
pressure on the Slovenian government. The incident should therefore be
understood in the broader context of political tensions at the time.
When the scandal erupted, the local Slovenian authorities, pressured
by the Yugoslav government, issued a public statement, saying that the
organization of such a festival would represent a threat to the healthy
population in Ljubljana as it was assumed that participants of the festival
will not only discuss the ‘topic’ of the festival, but also practise it. The festival
could also have negative economic consequences, primarily in the area of
tourism. Such a gathering would apparently prevent ‘ordinary’ tourists from
coming to Yugoslavia.24
The scandal was blown up to the extent that the Yugoslav media started
to report that Ljubljana would host something known as ‘the world
congress of homosexuals’. Such a reinterpretation is interesting for at least
two reasons: the obvious one is that the false magnification of the event
effectively contributed to intolerance towards it. Secondly, the introduction
of ‘queers from abroad’ into the story played on the common belief at the
time that AIDS was a gay disease from the West. It is not the local gays
who would endanger the innocent inhabitants of Ljubljana, but rather those
who would come to Ljubljana from abroad. Fearing that Yugoslavia could
become a ‘promised land for fags’, the Bosnian weekly As suggested that
every straight Yugoslav citizen should wear a badge reading ‘Faggots? No,
thanks!’.
The scandal showed both how the underlying homophobia in the society
could be triggered by moral panic, and also how homosexuality could be
used and abused for political reasons. In Slovenia – where media reports
were mostly in favour of the Magnus festival – homosexuality was a sign
of liberal and progressive elements in Slovenian culture. These seemed
endangered by others’ conservative and backwards values. In Serbia, on
the other hand, homosexuality was imagined as endangering the nation’s
true (heterosexual) self. Similarly, Bosnian weekly As hinted that Slovenian
lesbians were prostitutes for capitalist Austrian lesbians at the border
crossing. ‘These were the big fears of communism’, commented Nataša
Sukič who established with Suzana Tratnik the lesbian organization LL in
Ljubljana: The tales from the queer margins of the city 143
with a high wall. This symbolically represented the wall between the safe
space within and the homophobic and heteronormative space outside.
Metelkova Mesto remains such a space, but is losing the radical (queer)
edge it had in the nineties. On the other hand, for some gays and lesbians
the place remains ‘too radical’, ‘too political’, a kind of a (queer) ghetto,
a dirty place of drug users, and nothing like the imagined fancy gay clubs
in the West.
In 1994, the gay movement celebrated its tenth anniversary in what
became one of the most resounding gay-related scandals of the nineties.
Magnus and LL hired the bar at the Ljubljana Caste, a landmark of the
town and a high-profile state-owned site. The party was banned only a
few hours before it was scheduled to start. The bone of contention was
the space, Ljubljana Castle, which is, according to the city councillors at
the time, inappropriate to celebrate such anniversaries. The councillors put
pressure on the owner of the restaurant at the Ljubljana Castle, who first
agreed to the celebration, but then cancelled it. He claimed that he did not
know it was a gay celebration and said he feared that ‘queers’ might ruin his
restaurant’s reputation.
As in 1987, the scandal ‘earned’ the movement further media visibility.
It was covered by the mainstream media in Slovenia, and the homophobia
of the town authorities once again came under attack. ‘This event makes
Ljubljana even more of a village than it was before’, claimed a journalist
from the main daily newspaper Delo. ‘Our piece of advice to the town
dignitaries is to publish an announcement stating “No entry to the castle for
Blacks, Faggots, Lesbians and Turks”’.27
Nearly the same words were used in 2001 by the gay activist and poet
Brane Mozetič when suggesting in an e-mail to the mailing list of the gay
and lesbian ‘scene’ (which was by this time connected virtually via a mailing
list) that some bars in Ljubljana should hang out a warning stating ‘No
entrance for faggots, lesbians and dogs’. He was referring to an incident
which occurred the previous night to him and his fellow poet, Canadian
Jean-Paul Daoust. The incident turned out to be an important touchstone
for gay and lesbian life in Ljubljana in the new century.
after the incident and each ordered only one decilitre of mineral water
and drank it over a few hours. This practical and symbolic reclamation of
space hit the mainstream media, and sparked a lively public debate about
Slovenian (in)tolerance. It also added impetus to the first Slovenian Pride
parade in Ljubljana on 6 July 2001, which took place just a week after the
first Pride parade in Belgrade in Serbia was brutally thwarted when the
few participants were beaten up by hundreds of hooligans. There was a lot
of fear about what might happen in Slovenia and whether the violence in
Belgrade would be replicated on the streets of Ljubljana. The parade took
place without any counter protests, however. According to the Slovenian
media, around 300 people took part.
Throughout the 2000s, Metelkova Mesto and gay Sunday nights at K4
remained a central gathering place for the gay community in Ljubljana.
The turn of the century also saw some new LGBT non-governmental
organizations (such as youth organization Legebitra and Association for
the integration of homosexuality DIH) emerging with their own offices.
These also became places for gay discussion groups and similar activities.
Café Open, ostensibly the most public gay space in Ljubljana, opened
in 2008 at the fringe of the old city centre. It emerged as the first private
initiative that catered explicitly and specifically for the gay and lesbian
community and its followers. Although officially a commercial initiative, it
became heavily involved with the LGBT non-governmental organizations
and the activists’ scene as both owners of the Café are active members of
the Ljubljana’s gay and lesbian scene. This scene is small and characterized
by a ‘homely’ (and sometimes claustrophobic) atmosphere where everyone
knows everybody else. Shortly after it opened, in June 2009, Café Open
was attacked by a group of eight men. At the time of the attack, the Café
Open was hosting a literary reading which was part of the Pride week
events leading up to the ninth Pride parade in the city. The group threw
a lit torch and stones into the bar and seriously injured gay activist Mitja
Blažič. This homophobic attack once again became the leading story in the
Slovenian media, transforming Café Open into a symbol of the position of
the LGBT minority in Ljubljana. The attack was seen as an effect of the
increasing use of hate speech in the Parliament and elsewhere. The LGBT
community had long been pointing at increasing intolerance, and the attack
on Café Open, the most brutal attack on the LGBT movement in its 25-year
history, proved them right.
The day after the attack several activities took place in Café Open,
including a ‘Petition against homophobia’, which was signed publically
by numerous left-wing and even some right-wing politicians, the mayor
of Ljubljana and some other celebrities. The attack was condemned by
politicians, the general public and the media – who covered the ensuing
pride parade extensively. Not only were more people marching in the Parade
than usual, it was also the first time that one minister from the government –
the Minister of the Interior Katarina Kresal – decided to march as a sign
Ljubljana: The tales from the queer margins of the city 147
Conclusion
The Slovenian LGBT movement has its own specificities, especially
regarding the emergence of the movement. While current gay politics in
Slovenia can be described as identity politics, functioning in the context of
minority human rights, the first wave of the movement in Ljubljana and
its politics in the eighties were much more ambivalent in terms of sexuality
categorization. If the political demands of the movement of the time are
taken into consideration, its politics can be related to the identity model
(that is, the elimination of discrimination based on sexual orientation).
However, the cultural and social specificities of the early movement are in
many ways closer to the politics of gay liberation from the seventies and
even to the queer politics and activism of today in which social and sexual
revolution were entwined.
The gay and lesbian urban experience in Ljubljana differs from other
European capitals in some crucial respects. In Ljubljana (and Slovenia),
the gay and lesbian movement became established in the period after the
decriminalization of homosexuality, while at least in some Western states,
the decriminalization of homosexuality was one of the movement’s primary,
if not the first political objective. In this context, the Slovenian movement
and primarily the movements which emerged in Yugoslavia before and
after the dissolution of the federation in 1991 experienced a ‘condensed
history’ of similar movements from the West. The movements took on
board identity-type politics immediately or soon after their formulation
and skipped the assimilationist phase of the Western movements associated
with the 1950s and 1960s in the Netherlands, Denmark and England in
particular.
148 Queer Cities, Queer Cultures
Notes
1 Švab, A. and R. Kuhar (2005), The Unbearable Comfort of Privacy: The
Everyday Life of Gays and Lesbians. Ljubljana: Peace Institute. See also:
Kuhar, R. and J. Magić (2008), ‘Izkušnje in percepcije homofobičnega nasilja
in diskriminacije’, in J. Magić, R. Kuhar and N. Kogovšek (eds), Povej naprej
(raziskovalno poročilo). Ljubljana: Legebitra, pp. 6–24.
2 Vindex (1926), Homoseksualnost. Ljubljana: samizdat.
3 Drobiž policijske kronike, Slovenski narod, 22 October 1927, p. 3.
4 Göstl, F. (1938), ‘Spolne zlorabe’, Življenje in svet, 12(9), 132–3, 28 February
1938.
5 Cf. Gašparič, J. (2001), ‘Knez Eulenburg na ljubljanskem dvoru: afera
nesojenega ljubljanskega župana Antona Peska’, Zgodovina za vse, 1, 59–69.
Ljubljana: The tales from the queer margins of the city 149
Further reading
Greif, T. (2005), ‘The social status of lesbian women in Slovenia in the 1990s’, in
A. Štulhofer and T. Sandfort (eds), Sexuality and Gender in Postcommunist
Eastern Europe and Russia. New York: Haworth Press, pp. 149–69.
Kogovšek Šalamon, N. (2012), ‘Traits of homophobia in Slovenian law: From
ignorance towards recognition’, in L. Trappolin, A. Gasparini and R. Wintemute
(eds), Confronting Homophobia in Europe: Social and Legal Perspectives.
Oxford, Portland: Hart, pp. 171–201.
Kuhar, R. (2010), ‘Slovenia’, in C. Stewart (ed.), The Greenwood Encyclopedia of
LGBT Issues Worldwide. Vol. 2. Santa Barbara, Denver, Oxford: ABC Clio,
pp. 373–91.
—(2011), ‘Heteronormative panopticon and the transparent closet of the public
space in Slovenia’, in R. Kulpa and J. Mizielinska (eds), De-centring Western
Sexualities: Central and Eastern European Perspectives. Farnham, Burlington:
Ashgate, pp. 149–65.
Kuhar, R., Ž. Humer and S. Maljevac (2012), ‘Integrated, but not too much:
Homophobia and homosexuality in Slovenia’, in L. Trappolin, A. Gasparini
and R. Wintemute (eds), Confronting Homophobia in Europe: Social and Legal
Perspectives. Oxford, Portland: Hart, pp. 51–77.
Kuhar, R. and J. Takács (eds) (2007), Beyond the Pink Curtain: Everyday Life of
LGBT People in Eastern Europe. Ljubljana: Peace Institute.
Kuhar, R. and A. Švab (2013), ‘The interplay between hatred and political
correctness: The privatization of homosexuality in Slovenia’, Southeastern
Europe, 37(1), 17–35.
Lešnik, B. (2005), ‘Melting the iron curtain: The beginning of the LGBT movement
in Slovenia’, in M. Chateauvert (ed.), New Social Movements and Sexuality.
Sophia: Bilitis Resource Center, pp. 86–96.
Sobočan, A. M. (2011), ‘Female same-sex families in the dialectics of marginality
and conformity’, Journal of Lesbian Studies, 15(3), 384–405.
Švab, A. and R. Kuhar (2005), The Unbearable Comfort of Privacy: The Everyday
Life of Gays and Lesbians. Ljubljana: Peace Institute.
Dimitris Papanikolaou
In today’s Athens queer geography looks fixed. Or, at least, this is what
the yearly publication ‘Athens Gay Map’ published by gayguide.gr wants to
suggest. Made financially possible by advertising from various commercial
establishments, this free map of Athens, with additional small sections on
Mykonos and Thessaloniki, lists the main bars and saunas, the restaurants
and cafés that a homosexual clientele might be interested in visiting; these
are also the same places that stock and offer the free publication, thus
helping tourist and resident alike to continue their queer walk of the city,
with ‘knowledgeable’ steps. The map’s main focus is the newly gentrified
area of Gazi, in the northern shadow of the Acropolis. It is in Gazi and its
environs, the areas of Kerameikos, Metaxourgeio and Psyrri, that since the
beginning of the twenty-first century, gay and lesbian bars and restaurants,
saunas, cafés and even ‘community centres’ have been springing up, making
this the new ‘gay area’ of the Greek capital.2
The area of Gazi is only the latest in a series of neighbourhoods that have
experienced a concentration of ‘gay spots’. Asking about the ‘gay history of
Athens’, one often comes up against the story of older bars and cafés with
‘a special clientele’, rising and falling in popularity, changing places, areas,
names and outlooks. For this reason, the official history of ‘gay Athens’ is
often thought to have started in the early 1970s, when bars frequented by a
visibly homosexual clientele began to spring up one after the other in Plaka;
they had to close down en masse in the 1980s as a result of a government
decision not to renew licenses, in a policy apparently aimed at turning the
district into the sanitized tourist hub it is today. Kolonaki and Thisseion
then took the place of Plaka in the 1980s and 1990s; rising property prices
152 Queer Cities, Queer Cultures
in the city centre triggered a subsequent move to the newly gentrified areas
of Gazi, Psyri and Metaxourgeio in the new century.
Even though less visible than that of gay men, ‘lesbian life in Athens’ seems
to have followed a parallel path – perhaps with an additional preference for
less central areas. In a recent article in the magazine E Ntalika [The Truck],
published by the Lesbian Group of Athens (LOA), contributor Maria
Papado (a pseudonym) offers a piece on ‘My nights in the bars of Athens:
Mapping the Lesbians’.3 The article narrates the author’s experience in the
lesbian bars of Athens since the late 1970s and in the chronological order
these bars were established. From the bar Dolly’s in Kypseli (frequented
by ‘women from another era, who loved with passion, with power, with
shame and with violence’) and the restaurant-bar different in Koukaki, to
Ornela’s in the centre (‘women from all social classes could meet there’),
Syre ki ela and Tesseris toichoi [Four Walls] in Kypseli of the 1980s, a series
of lesbian bars in the Thisseion area and Ermou street in the 1990s (Taxidi
[Journey], Lizard, Circe, Allothi [Alibi], Odysseia), to the contemporary
Porta [Door], Aroma gynaikas [The Scent of a Woman], Almaz in Gazi,
Myrovolos in Metaxourgeio, fairy tale in Exarchia and Troll in Kolonos.
Not only the locations, but even the titles of these establishments tell a
story of identity in constant negotiation between making a statement and
keeping it discreet.
In an exercise in editorial playfulness, the article sports two illustrations:
what looks like a medieval map converted into a ‘Lesbiographia Atheniensis’,
and the reproduction of a famous photograph from the lesbian bar Monocle
in Paris, photographed by Brassaï in the early 1930s. Talking about the bars
of the past, the implication goes, is not only ‘an old story’; it is also old-style
history.4
As with many other accounts of ‘Athenian gay life in the past’ that have
been published recently in community press,5 the article in Ntalika charts
the history of the queer city through the story of specific gay (or gay-
friendly) bars. The period before the bars is thought of as ‘a bygone era’.
And since these bars were established in different areas of the Greek capital
at different moments of the last four decades, their listing tends to read like
a progression, from neighbourhood to neighbourhood and from one decade
to the other, reaching its conclusion in today’s Athens.
A linear history of gay Athens after World War II, such as this, often also
mentions the main parks of Pedion Areos and Zappeion in central Athens and
the area around the municipal clock in Piraeus, as known male homosexual
pickup places over the decades. The list of pickup places expands with the
legendary cinemas of the centre, such as Rosiclair, Mondial, Cineak, Ellas,
Athenaikon.6 The area of Syngrou avenue, running from the centre to the
south of the city, is also often mentioned for its notoriety in the 1970s and
1980s as a pickup place for transgender sex workers (what Greeks at the time
called the travestí), as well as a symbolic site, around which a homophobic
representation of sexual subcultures was popularized in the Greek public
Mapping/Unmapping: The making of queer Athens 153
sphere in the 1980s. That said, Syngrou is today also often discussed as a
lieu de mémoire in the city’s queer history/geography.7
I start this chapter by listing a number of nightlife spots or pickup places,
in order to show both their importance for putting together a ‘gay history’
of a city like Athens, and the limitations such an approach is bound to have.
The importance is obvious from the articles in the community press I have
just quoted: often, these recollections about bars and cruising spots are
written as an elaborate exercise in community history. In this way, the map
of a nightlife becomes an urban history of gay life; and the recollection of
the experience of visiting these places becomes an act of discursive identity
formation.
But then, again, as this chapter will keep reminding, the queer experience
of a city cannot be, and is never in practice, exhausted by visiting or
researching its commercial and nightlife establishments. This is a surface
map, and a very incomplete surface map at that. At best, it offers a partial
experience of gay life, but even at that level it also distorts the narratives of
queerness that lurk in the city’s corners.
For instance, a number of my informants, homosexual men and women
aged between 40 and 90 who offered their recollections during my research
for this chapter, insisted on mentioning a series of ‘ other’ locations with which
they would identify their queer experience of the city. The men tended to
remind me of the importance of central cinemas, public baths and lavatories,
but also of places of transit, such as the big train and metro stations or the
legendary coffee shop Neon in Omonoia, frequented by soldiers and sailors,
as well as the seaside areas and the beaches near Athens. Women insisted
on other types of place in which lesbians would socialize more openly and
where they could meet other ‘women interested in women’ in the 1960s,
1970s and 1980s; they mentioned private salons, restaurant-bars owned by
lesbian singers, or sports clubs, community card-playing clubs and gambling
dens (hartopaiktikes lesches).8
Therefore, in my attempt to further explore narratives about gay and
lesbian experiences of the city of Athens after World War II – and taking my
informants’ experiences/testimonies into consideration – I realized that I had
to distinguish between two versions of the city: the easily mapped city of gay
bars and cafés on the one hand, and the city of oral narratives, memories
and intense negotiations of queer identity on the other. A city like Athens
still lacks a settled narrative of its homosexual history and, as Athens Pride
has made clear in recent years, even the idea of a gay history remains a hotly
debated issue.9 For this reason, the distinction between the gay city and
the queer city, the mappable urban place of non-normative sexual identities
and the unmapped space of non-normative desire, tends to become more
pronounced, historically meaningful and representationally significant.10
In what follows, I will focus on a period starting with the Greek dictatorship
(1967–74) and discuss the emergence of non-normative identities in the
mappable space of the Greek capital. I will analyse the importance of this
154 Queer Cities, Queer Cultures
first concrete mapping of gay Athens in a specific historical context and the
radical politics it was eventually associated with. But, in the meantime, I will
argue that a sense of Athens as a place for the expression of non-normative
desire predated 1967, continues to this date and can be felt in the gestures
made by people to evade maps, to hide from surveillance and to co-ordinate
a fluid experience of queer space in the city. This, as I will explain, can be
conceptualized as an exercise in unmapping. My argument is that it is only
through this constant dialogue of mapping and unmapping that one could
today narrate a history of queer Athens.
This is how Elias Petropoulos, a Greek ethnographer known for his work
on subcultures, opens his book Kaliarnta: The Dictionary of Greek Queers,
in 1972. Kaliarnta was the first attempt to collect words of a slang spoken in
a queer subculture, the equivalent of the English Polari. It was first published
during the Greek military dictatorship of 1967–74. Under its ethnographical
guise, it presented the first open acknowledgement of a vibrant queer
subculture in Greece, and to an extent, the first attempt to map its spaces
and its sexual logistics. The book has its own history of suppression and
persecution, as it faced the hostile response of the dictatorial regime during
the first years of its circulation; it eventually became a bestseller, especially
after the restitution of democracy in 1974.
It is interesting, at any rate, to observe that this ‘glossary of a subculture’s
sociolect’, starts not with a description of linguistic structures or vocabularies,
but, as the paragraph above shows, with a short foray into sexual geography.
Petropoulos begins by assuring his readers that, even though officials
have declared the city of Athens ‘cleansed from vice’, ‘the queers’ are still
everywhere. At night they come out, as ‘a unified group’, and populate the
Mapping/Unmapping: The making of queer Athens 155
streets, the bordellos, the neighbourhoods, the specific bars and tavernas
‘where everyone knows everyone else’.
The narrative is typical of Petropoulos’s inimitable style of research
and writing, a mixture of autobiography, crime fiction and participatory
observation of subcultural life, which made him one of the best-selling non-
fiction authors in post-war Greece. In later editions of his Kaliarnta book
he went even further in his attempt at sexual geography, explaining the
ruses he employed in order to break into ‘the completely enclosed caste of
the queers’.12 For a year in 1968, he says, he would go around ‘those places
which the queers frequent’: tavernas in Piraeus, ‘the notorious bar Sou-Mou’
on Iera Odos to the West of the centre, or places near the slaughterhouses
of Kifissia, the northern suburb; but also in the very centre of the city, in
the public lavatories of Omonoia and Syntagma Squares, in the park of
Pedion Areos, and, ‘after midnight’, in the area behind the Hilton hotel,
on Vassileos Konstantinou Avenue.13 In order to develop this ethnography,
Petropoulos adds, he even had to produce a detailed map (reproduced in
later reprints of the book), and ask for the help of members of the vice squad
to expand it. This self-sketched small map shows the various ‘hangouts of
homosexuals’ (the public baths, the tavernas, the streets) marked with small
boxes, and the itineraries possibly connecting them marked with arrows.
The name of the policeman used as an additional informant still remains in
the lower right hand side of the map, along with his telephone number. This
small piece of paper, sketched by an ethnographer and finalized with the
help of a policeman, remains to this day, and to the best of my knowledge
and research, the earliest cartographic account of a homosexual subculture
of Athens, the first graphic map of Athens as a city containing a queer
geography.
As I will explain in the second part of this chapter, the timing of this
early map of gay Athens, first produced as an ethnographic note in 1968,
implicitly referred to in the first edition of Kalianta (1972) and eventually
reproduced in a later edition of this book (1980), was far from coincidental.
This map relates to a specific arrangement of the queer city that evolved
in the Greek 1970s and has left its mark on queer negotiations of Athens
since. As I will show, the experience of life under the Colonels’ dictatorship
(1967–74) and the transition to democracy changed the conditions for
queer socialization and offered new opportunities for the public expression
of non-normative sexuality after the Junta. Yet this connection was by no
means straightforward. Homosexual lifestyles would become more visible
from the late 1960s onwards, especially in areas of Athens like Plaka; thus
the secrecy and the feeling of the underground described by Petropoulos
in his Kaliarnta was becoming obsolete, at the very moment when his
book was becoming a bestseller. But more of that later. For the moment,
the reason I am interested in Petropoulos’s narrative is because of its end
product: the possibility of a map of a queer under-city; the mapping of
queerness itself.
156 Queer Cities, Queer Cultures
Why would one want to map the queer city? When does this happen?
What energies does such a gesture produce in return? How much does it
collude with systems of control? Petropoulos produced an account of ‘the
space where [Athenian] queers fraternized and socialized’. In so doing, he
also made their presence concrete, their language collectable, their ‘enclosed
caste’ visible, their lifestyle iterable. For years after its first publication,
the ‘homosexual dictionary’ published in Kaliarnta was used by Greek
homosexual men and women, passed from hand to hand as an alphabet
of identity. I remember borrowing it from a lesbian friend in 1993, after
a night out in one of the then multiplying Athenian gay clubs. And I recall
vividly how I was compelled not by the obscure ‘queer language’ printed
in the Lexicon, the book’s main part, but by the topographical details in
those first pages: a map of a hidden, subcultural queer Athens coming from
a past not long gone, yet at the same time feeling so remote. The hidden
tavernas and the subterranean lifestyles that were described in that book
were certainly different from what I was experiencing in the very same city
20 years later. For a reader like me in the 1990s, Petropoulos’ map was not
offering a history anymore, but a queer prehistory of Athens. It still does, at
least for some.14
Having said this, Petropoulos’ version remains a very problematic
account: it creates a romanticized view of Greek queer lifestyle in the 1960s
as subcultural and hidden, but overdoes the description of how completely
marginal, sealed off and clandestine it was. Equally problematic is the fact
that this account was produced with the collusion/help of state control,
while also aiming to titillate a wider middle class audience and present itself
as a call for sexual liberation in the climate of the 1960s. When readers, like
me, read this linguistic and topographical account as a fixed genealogy for
their identity in subsequent decades, they had to ignore or downplay these
problematic aspects.
But isn’t this always the issue with maps? They tend to produce in one’s
mind a vision of space settled in historical time, an objectified topography.
Once you see a map, you tend to forget the activity of mapping that produced
it in the first place, its historicity; you concentrate on the information at
hand and forget its texture, or its gaps. Yet the difficult questions are exactly
these: by whom and for whom was the mapping carried out in the first
place? Which side was it on, control or its subversion? And how about un-
mapping? How about the urge to react to the map, to undermine, dislocate,
denounce the authority of a certain mapping? Who looks for a map? Who is
being mapped? Who wants to avoid it?15
While I was collecting material for this chapter, and especially in a series
of interviews with older gay men and women who talked to me about their
past experience of ‘queer Athens’, I realized that my willingness to ask about
a ‘queer city’ was often met with suspicion. It was as if my own frame of
questioning was the problem: trying to collect material on ‘queer Athens’
was seen as already using a frame of theory and a shape of inquiry that was
Mapping/Unmapping: The making of queer Athens 157
called for the authorities not to let Athens become ‘debauched Paris’, while
at the same time rejoicing in the act of fully describing queer scandals, or the
nocturnal activity in the central parks. But the narrative was also available
to enhance stories such as the published versions of ‘memoirs’ Her Woman
Lover and Tired of Love, and inform the experience of queer subcultures
in the periphery. Maryse Choisy, a famous French feminist journalist who
visited the Greek capital in 1929, reported that she had visited lesbian salons
and had met ‘the most famous lesbians of Athens’, in the same way that she
had done so ‘in Paris, in London and in New York’.23 We may never find
out the exact places and bars Choisy saw during her stay in Athens, or even
whether she was exaggerating when she wrote this phrase for a Parisian
audience. What is certain, though, is that there was a commonplace view of
the ‘Lesbian salons of New York and Paris’ circulating globally in the late
1920s and 1930s, and somehow the experience of homosexual life in other
parts and urban centres of the world was modelled upon them – either as an
experience, or as an expectation and frame of reference.
Such references to a queer subculture in Athens subside in the 1940s,
1950s and the early 1960s before they pick up again in the 1970s. It has
been argued that this was the result of post-1930s austerity and control – in
a manner very similar to the situation that George Chauncey has described
in Gay New York.24 However, what should also be noted is that in the 1940s
and 1950s the idea of the ‘sexual city’ seems to become less pronounced in
Greek media and cultural texts – moral panics exist, for sure, yet they are
less concerned with the image of the queer European metropolis and its
impact on Greek urban life. Rather than Athenian queer life itself, it is its
narrative mapping as something concrete that seems to have subsided; this is
exactly what would come back, with new force, in the late 1960s.
‘Sexual Inflation’
While waiting in front of the [Panathenaikon] Stadium I gave a back
ward glance to two green-berets – one of them had a rare beauty. And
suddenly, a strange buzz started around me. One of the two guys turns
and whispers something to his colleague. Then the two of them turn and
whisper something to two others and they, in their turn, start gazing at
me! It seems that in Greece there have been changes I have not yet fully
comprehended: offer seems to be four times the demand! In the future, it
would be more prudent if one takes this type of inflationary expectation
into account! Later on, as they mounted the army truck to go, all four
of them would wave goodbye and gesture that they would be there
tomorrow too.
city, just like the one I have just copied: encounters in the two main parks,
Zappeion and Pedion Areos, but also in other small parks of Athenian
neighbourhoods; on the bus but also on the street; in front of shop windows
and in cafes; with fear that a passionate youth may be a police set up, but also
with a marked boldness in approaching willing strangers. And now, in 1970,
Pittas seems to have been at ease and could even joke about cavorting with
members of the Greek army, in the middle of a dictatorship, in the centre of
Athens and in broad daylight.
It is exactly the same period during which the ethnographer Petropoulos
produced his Kaliarnta: Dictionary of Greek Queers, the book I discussed
at the beginning of this chapter. In Petropoulos’s account ‘[Athenian]
queers are a very closed caste which [he] had to try hard to penetrate’,
their language incomprehensible, their places hidden, their itineraries and
encounters a city beneath the city. On the opposite side, Pittas’ private diary
entries talk about open gestures, a continuum between homosociality and
homosexuality, a diffusion of queerness in the centre (and even, the most
iconic places) of the city.
All this happens during a regime that boasted about its moralistic
credentials and put the motto ‘Fatherland, Religion, Family’ at the heart
of its public credo. In an anecdote that made international headlines, the
regime’s Minister of Public Order, Colonel Ladas, would even go as far as
to beat up, in his office, two journalists who had dared to publish a piece
with reference to homosexuality in Ancient Greece.25 The same colonel was
eager to organize police clampdowns in places with homosexual activity
(especially in the cinemas of central Athens), even though this was neither
consistent nor always very effective.26
Since 1969, exactly during the same period, bars and cafes with names
such as Mykonos, Zodiac, Giannis’ Bar, Vangelis’ Bar, Mouses, started
opening in rapid succession and close proximity to one another, in a small
area mostly around the narrow streets Tholou and Thrasyvoulou of Plaka,
making this the de facto ‘gay area of Athens’. In this case, the regime, eager
to promote Greece to foreign tourists, seems to have turned a blind eye.
The Junta, therefore, stands as both a period of repression for homosexuals
(with politicians announcing that ‘they had cleansed the capital of the vice’),
and a moment of new opportunities for the public display of homosexual
identity. Rather than a contradiction, these inconsistencies could be seen as
signs of a sexual economy at a time of change. Some people, like Petropoulos,
opted not to see these changes happening; others, like Pittas, were content
with the unresolved tensions that lay behind them. Yet others, such as
Loukas Theodorakopoulos, finding themselves on the wrong side of control,
decided to challenge the regime directly.
Theodorakopoulos and some of his friends were prosecuted in October
1968 in an orchestrated clampdown. Having subsequently defended himself
vocally in court, Theodorakopoulos went on to write a memoir about the
experience. His book would become a reference point for the emerging
Mapping/Unmapping: The making of queer Athens 163
sexual identity movement of the 1970s in Greece and one of the reasons for
this, I would argue, is the way it interwove a politics of sexual identification
with a spatial poetics, an effort to perform homosexuality in a new map of
the sexual city.
For the first time there was a place, a well-known address, clearly associated
with the politics of non-normative sexual identity. AKOE further introduced
a new activist politics of space. Many informants, for instance, remember
that in the open activist gatherings in cinemas, core members of AKOE
would sit among the audience, and then suddenly stand up delivering parts
of the movement’s political lines. By doing this they were turning the row of
cinema seats – one of the celebrated ‘queer sites’ of a previous era – into a
political arena for the political expression of identity.
Kaiadas and AKOE proposed their own spatial and cultural politics of
non-normative sexuality in Greece and Athens of the 1970s, at a time when
existing strategies of mapping and unmapping had become tenuous. Theirs
was a desire to construct an identity in place (including the topography of the
city and the nation), while at the same time unhinging this emerging identity
from the spaces of seclusion and exclusion where it had been relegated by
control.
The homosexual topography and political agenda proposed by Kaiadas
and AKOE did not supersede previous arrangements. Experiencing the
corners but also the impulses, the excitement but also the oxymoronic dead-
ends of queer Athens still remained the territory of mapping/unmapping.
The difference now was that, after Kaiadas and AKOE, it was impossible to
consider this experience as being ‘in a time warp’ and outside history. In other
words, homosexual politics did not create an all-encompassing homosexual
topography; what it did was to provide a frame, to make the historicization
of the queer city an imperative and politically meaningful gesture.
excluded by practices of control and effacement, but they also often find
themselves excluded from the visibility gained by gay men (a situation that
my own chapter here could not help but replicate to an extent); as gestures
of claiming space in both the urban centre but also in the public sphere are
multiple and polymorphous today, other sexual minorities – including trans,
transqueer or intersex people – are bound to keep finding themselves in the
position of the cyclist: at turns supported, forgotten or pushed aside.
But this is exactly the reason why I have tried to talk in this chapter
about diverse strategies of mapping/unmapping and the ways they coincide
and work together in time, some of them on the side of control, others on
the side of subcultural experience. My aim was to show and historicize a
larger dynamic with a more general application. In this context, my last
section on the 1970s can also be treated as a paradigmatic story. As ‘queer
space’ became debated in Athens in the context and within the agenda of the
emerging homosexual liberation movement, the already existing multiplicity
of mappings/unmappings stopped being a balanced ecosystem of different
coinciding strategies, and became instead a source of tension.
My argument is, therefore, twofold: I have shown why the tension
between mapping and unmapping that unfolded in the 1970s produced a
certain Athenian homosexual topography that many today recognize as the
first step in the ‘proper’ gay history of the city. But I have also argued that
the queer city pre-existed and superseded this resolution; it remained as an
opportunity and made itself felt through a palimpsest of mapping/unmapping
that I have traced in existing archival material and through interviews with
informants. What I have ultimately tried to chart is a certain making not
of a homosexual, but of a queer Athens; a queer Athens understood not
as a stable topography or as a finished historiographical project, but as an
epistemological and identitarian question unfolding in historical time.
The cycling metaphor can be seen, for this reason, as a wider symbol for
the palimpsestic experience of queer Athens I have charted here: both the
experience of specific people I have reported throughout, and the possible
experiences of others not represented in these accounts. I like to think of
cycling as the best visualization for this process of mapping/unmapping.
Always trying to put oneself on the map; negotiating one’s position around
it; and always able to find those alternative routes that, for a moment at
least, look like an escape.
Notes
1 Apart from archival and published sources, material for this chapter was
also drawn from interviews with 15 Athenian men and women of different
ages. For their help with the collection of material, I would like to thank
Dimitris Antoniou and Dimos Kouvidis and for their comments on the final
manuscript, Soo-Young Kim, William McEvoy, Dimitris Plantzos and the
editors of this volume.
Mapping/Unmapping: The making of queer Athens 167
Athens: Niarchos). They provide homophobic, yet still useful, descriptions of all
those spaces in the city. Cf. the different presentation of Omonoia as a homoerotic
site, by respected writer Ioannou, G. (1980), Omonoia 1980. Athens: Odysseas.
9 Since its beginning in 2005, Athens Gay Pride has become a very politicized
venture, with a marked priority to ‘help assess the history of the Greek
homosexual community . . . and its organized movement’, since ‘historical
consciousness is the prerequisite for the building of an identity and a
community’ (Athens Pride (2008), p. 3).
10 For the sake of concision, the experience of travestí and transsexuals was not
addressed in this chapter. For some early accounts, see Vakalidou, E. (2007),
Mpetty [autobiography of transgender activist Betty]. Athens: Typotheto;
Paola (2008), To Kraximo [re-print of the 80s magazine Kraximo, published
by transgender activist Paola]. Thessaloniki: Gorgo; as well as the recent
visual ethnography conducted by Panapakidis, K. (2012), Drag Narratives:
Staged Gender, Embodiment, and Competition. Doctoral thesis, Goldsmiths,
University of London.
11 Petropoulos, E. (1980 [1972]), Kaliarnta. Athens: Nefele, p. 9.
12 Ibid., p. 207.
13 Ibid., pp. 91, 206.
14 There has been, however, some criticism, most notably from the queer
anarchist collective Terminal 119 (2012), ‘Ta kaliarnta tou Elia Petropoulou:
E oratoteta kai to perithorio tes omofylofiles empeirias’ [Petropoulos’s
Kaliarnta: Visibility and the margins of homosexual experience], in
A. Apostolele and A. Chalkia, Soma, fylo, sexoualikoteta: LOATK politikes
sten Ellada [Body, gender, sexuality: LGBTI politics in Greece]. Athens:
Plethron, pp. 79–92. See also Papanikolaou, D. (2011), ‘O Elias Petropoulos,
e dekaetia tou 60 kai to antisystemiko mas apothemeno’ [Elias Petropoulos
and the study of Greek subcultures]. The Books’ Journal, 7, 62–9.
15 My discussion here and in the relevant bibliography, owes a lot to Michel
DeCerteau’s work, especially the essay ‘Walking in the City’ (2011) in The
Practice of Everyday Life. University of California Press, pp. 91–110. An
interesting parallel discussion is the one conducted by geographers and social
scientists on ‘cognitive mapping’, cf. Downs, R. and Stea D. (eds) (1973),
Image and Environment: Cognitive Mapping and Spatical Behaviour. Chicago:
Aldine; Pile, S. (1996), The Body and the City: Psychoanalysis, Space and
Subjectivity. London: Routledge.
16 Knopp, L. (2007), ‘From lesbian and gay to queer geographies: Pasts,
prospects and possibilities’, in K. Browne, L. Jason and G. Brown (eds) (2007),
Geographies of Sexualities: Theory, Practices and Politics. Aldershot: Ashgate,
pp. 21–8, p. 27; see also Bell, V. and G. Valentine (eds) (1995), Mapping Desire:
Geographies of Sexualities. London: Routledge; Valentine, G. (ed.) (2000),
From Nowhere to Everywhere: Lesbian Geographies. Cambridge: Polity Press;
Betsky, A. (1997), Queer Space: Architecture and Same Sex Desire. New York:
William Morrow & Co; Browne, K., L. Jason and G. Brown (eds) (2007),
Geographies of Sexualities: Theory, Practices and Politics. Aldershot: Ashgate.
17 Jeffrey is a pseudonym of a British writer and journalist in his 80s, who lives in
central Athens.
Mapping/Unmapping: The making of queer Athens 169
Further reading
Aggelakes, A. (1989), Alesmoneta cinema [Unforgettable Cinemas]. Exantas: Athens.
Apostolele A. and A. Chalkia, Soma, fylo, sexoualikoteta: LOATK politikes sten
Ellada [Body, gender, sexuality: LGBTI politics in Greece]. Athens: Plethron,
pp. 29–52.
170 Queer Cities, Queer Cultures
Athens Pride (2008), E Istoria tou lesviakou-gei-amfi & trans kinematos sten
Ellada: Mia prote apotimese [The history of the lesbian-gay-bi & trans
movement in Greece: A first survey]. Athens: futura.
Giannakopoulos, K. (2010), ‘Ena keno mesa sten pole: Choros, diafora kai outopia
ston Kerameiko kai sto Gkazi’ [A void in the city: Space, difference and utopia
in Kerameikos and Gazi], in K. Giannakopoulos and G. Giannitsiotes (eds),
Amfisvetoumenoi choroi sten pole. Athens: Alexandreia, pp. 117–38.
Ioannou, G. (1980), Omonoia 1980. Athens: Odysseas.
Kantsa, V. (2010a), ‘Perpatontas agkaliasmenes stous dromous tes Athenas:
Omofyles sejoualikotetes kai astikos choros’ [Walking together on the streets
of Athens: Homosexualities and urban space], in K. Giannakopoulos and
G. Giannitsiotes (eds), Amfisvetoumenoi choroi sten pole. Athens: Alexandreia,
pp. 195–225.
Marnellakis, G. (2007), ‘E arhitektonike tes sexoualikotetas’ [The architecture
of sexuality, intw. to Dimitris Angelidis), 10%, 19 (June–September), http://
www.10percent.gr/old/issues/200706/03.html
Petropoulos, E. (1980 [1972]), Kaliarnta. Athens: Nefele.
Theodorakopoulos, L. (1976), O Kaiadas. Athens: Exantas.
9
Istanbul: Queer desires between
Muslim tradition and global pop
Ralph J. Poole
12 points
May 2005. It is hot, crowded and noisy. Everybody is singing, cheering and
dancing to the music from the huge screen. There is an overbearing sense of
community with everybody drinking, sweating and partying together. The
atmosphere is charged with erotic energy. This is just a first impression,
though. There is something strange about this picture.
I am in a bar in Istanbul (called not so subtly The Other Side) surrounded
mostly by men, mostly Turks, most in their early twenties. They are cheering
for a song sung by a Greek performer: Helena Paparizou’s ‘My Number
One’ – the 2005 winner of the Eurovision Song Contest. Paparizou garnered
a score of 12 points – the highest possible, and awarded by their Turkish
neighbour. Why would a group of presumably exclusively gay men in a
Turkish bar cheer for a Greek band, given the long-standing political
animosity between the two nations and the fresh tension sparked by new
controversies over Cyprus’ role in Europe? There is an easy answer: it is
fun to be together, enjoy dance music and to flirt. But there is also a more
intricate answer that needs additional explanation.
Growing up in Europe in the 1970s, it was a must for everyone to watch
the Grand Prix Eurovision de la Chanson, as the annual Eurovision Song
Contest (ESC) was still called then, before its name was anglicized. Since its
inception in 1956, the event has become a European institution, delineating
one understanding of the European community. Originally with only seven
participating countries, the contest has steadily grown – as has Europe.
In 2012, 43 countries participated, making it necessary to divide the formerly
172 Queer Cities, Queer Cultures
one-night event into two semi-finals and a final. In the course of time, the
field has included most Eastern European countries and countries not
considered European in other contexts: Israel and Turkey (since 1973 and
1975 respectively) among the first, and Armenia, Azerbaijan and Georgia
among the latest additions. This can be seen as a means ‘of indicating a
pro-European stance or a European affiliation’ for these countries, often
foreshadowing future membership in the EU.1 ‘Therefore’, cultural historian
Heiko Motschenbacher explains, ‘one can see the ESC as a musical test
for what may lie ahead in politics. If certain countries can compete in a
pop music competition, they may eventually try to cooperate on a political
level’.2 For a long time, Turkey was without luck in the contest.
But a definite turning point for Turkey was the spectacular victory
in May 2003, with many countries awarding it a full 12 points. After a
quarter of a century of trying and with much embarrassment this was, as
musicologist Thomas Solomon suggests, a ‘historical moment’. The failure
to score points in the contest up to then has been perceived in Turkey ‘as an
allegory of its aspirations to join the European Union and its frustratingly
slow movement towards that goal, and proof of the perception, warranted
or not, that Europeans do not accept Turkey as a European nation’.3 The
success of 2003 sparked new hope. Solomon makes a strong – not aesthetic,
but political – claim that part of the sudden victory was due to Turkey’s
surprising opposition to the United States’ wish to set up a military base
in southern Turkey to provide a northern invasion route into Iraq. This
resistance brought Turkey many sympathizers at a time of growing anti-
war sentiment in continental Europe. But it was also Sertab Erener’s song
‘Everyway that I can’ with its hybrid musical aesthetics including English
lyrics, Middle Eastern rhythms and a mix of belly-dancing and hip-hop
moves, that ‘projected a Euro-friendly version of Turkey just at the time
much of Europe was predisposed to be friendly with Turkey’.4
So why did the gay crowd cheer for Helena Paparizou in that gay bar that
evening? Certainly, there was an aesthetic point of comparison: ‘It seemed
that Greece found the right combination of a solid pop song, English lyrics,
and “ethnic” stylings in its music and performance, comparable in many
ways to Sertab’s 2003 performance’.5 But this only very partially explains
the hurrahs of my gay Turkish friends. More obviously there was Helena’s
‘highly polished’ stage performance that contrasted to Sertab’s faux-harem
machinations.6 Helena was surrounded by four gorgeous, bare-chested
male dancers. These boys not only looked very gay, but judging from the
enthusiasm of the bar’s crowd the whole song-and-dance number exuded a
distinct gay sensibility, much more so than Sertab’s performance.
Both songs not only became immensely popular in Turkey in general and
in the gay scene in particular; they highlighted the lasting appeal of the
ESC for a gay male audience.7 All over Europe, the event is followed by
its gay fans who often gather for celebratory parties hosted in gay bars.
The contest has been called ‘Gay Christmas’, a sort of holiday not unlike
Istanbul 173
Gay Pride celebrations.8 But the ESC does not transcend nationality;
‘rather, Eurovision provides a rare occasion for simultaneously celebrating
both queerness and national identity’.9 Istanbul is no exception here, and
yet it is only recently that such parties are organized as part of a growing
community and increasingly visible gay urban scene. Istanbul, although not
the country’s political capital, clearly can be considered its gay capital. And
yet, as much as queer moments just described link Istanbul to social practices
of other European queer metropoles, the largest Turkish city at the same
time remains very much entangled in the nation’s overall struggle to find
a distinct cultural identity between its currently resurfacing Ottoman past
with the political backlash that entails and the ongoing precarious move
towards a future membership in the EU. The following chapter proceeds
from this example of a local gay cultural practice in Istanbul’s gay bar scene
to look at the way an understanding and treatment of homosexuality has
evolved in the nation in general and in the city in particular. A look at two
major radical transitional periods in Turkey’s history, namely the founding
of the Turkish Republic in 1923 and the 1980 military coup d’état, will serve
as backdrop to an ensuing discussion of particular sites of contemporary
gay practice in Istanbul such as bars and baths.
Turkish sex
(Homo)sexual practices, gender norms and queer life in Istanbul cannot be
viewed without taking into account the sexual customs at large which are
still heavily influenced by their Muslim heritage. Since Islam is a religion
based on a legal framework, there is no morality and sin in a western,
Christian sense, but rather the abidance or violation of laws. Accordingly,
to act ethically for Muslims means compliance with the Sharia. With respect
to sexuality, this implies that the sexual act can only be performed between
legitimate persons. From a legal-Islamic perspective, homosexuality
is fornication, zina, because it is defined as illegitimate and thus illegal
penetration.15 And yet, according to many records ‘pederasty’ – the term
given to male-male sexuality – in Muslim regions was practised at least
since the eighth century and almost always tolerated as a social practice.
How can we account for this paradox? In Arabic countries as well as in
Turkey, active and passive sexual roles are the constituting paradigm of
masculinity and femininity. Homo- and heterosexuality are thus defined
not so much by a concrete choice of object, but rather by sexual practices.
Arno Schmitt describes this gendered logic in one of the few studies on the
topic, Sexuality and Eroticism Among Males in Moslem Societies, which
came out in 1992: ‘Men consider themselves to be stronger physically,
intellectually, and morally, and be able to control instinct and emotion –
unlike women, children . . . and transvestites’.16
A derogatory view on male homosexuality therefore relates predominantly
to men who engage in receptive anal intercourse.17 ‘Gay’ generally defines
the one who takes this role. His social depreciation relates above all to his
betrayal of the masculine ideal. The active male may even gain admiration
because he has proven his masculinity without a proper external ‘object of
desire’.18 Mehmet Ümit Necef confirms that the notion of ‘homosexuality’
basically is a Western import, whereas traditionally there is a distinction
according to sexual roles between kulanpara (from Persian meaning ‘fucker
of boys’) and ibne. The practice of hate speech, for example, shows that ibne
does not invariably signal homosexual behaviour but is an appearance that
lacks male sovereignty, similar to ‘fag’, ‘pansy’ or ‘pussy’ in English. Ibne
176 Queer Cities, Queer Cultures
where the Quran may not be read, where instead the body should relax,
preparing the mind for the spiritual experience to come. As such, the bath
visit could serve as a survival strategy for Muslims since it has given the
society leeway to release sexual tension.
In the course of Turkey’s modernization and Westernization epitomized
in refashioning Ottoman Istanbul into a global hub, such habitualized
homosocial and homoerotic practices were classified, pathologized,
repressed and criminalized. This was part of the larger historical context
already underway during the nineteenth century in which the young Turkish
republic restructured its society through urbanization based on European,
and especially French models. New public spaces were created changing
the metropolitan cartography to include boulevards, theatres, parks and
cinemas. Beyoğlu’s grand pedestrian avenue İstiklal Caddesi, now a major
pedestrian, shopping and clubbing site, is a prime example. These places were
supposed to have a de-Orientalising effect, and de facto they did succeed in
blurring otherwise rigid gender boundaries. Even though this was mainly a
phenomenon of the societal elite, this process in turn led to the privatization
and thus demise of bathing culture. Going to baths was considered to be
old fashioned and leading to backwardness. Public bathhouses symbolized
Islamic traditionalism and were contrary to the wished-for ideals of a
modernized elite. Atatürk’s reforms in the early twentieth century called for
a reformist, republican nation, and bathhouses as quasi-religious institutions
stood against these secular and nationalist ideas.30 Visiting the hamam not
only became something like a religious confession, it also turned into a class
issue.
This changed only with the emergence of a recent trend in tourism during
the latter half of the twentieth century, when tourists – and among them gay
tourists – started to look for erotic exoticism linked to an Ottoman history
instead of a modernized Turkey. The Turkish bath was rediscovered as a
source of income and therefore many of the almost defunct and shabby
bathhouses such as Istanbul’s Cağaloğlu Hamamı and Çemberlitaş Hamamı
were restored to former Ottoman splendour. This wave of restoration was
part of a public change of heart towards the ‘lost’ Ottoman cultural heritage.
And it was this double effect that Özpetek’s film Hamam captured, where
the hero Francesco inherits a decrepit and defunct bathhouse and instead of
selling it off decides to restore and reopen it. In the course of this endeavour,
he falls in love and has sex with the pretty Turkish boy Mehmet.
Even though this revival is rooted in an effort to attract foreign tourists,
it has a secondary effect on the native modern, young, urban middle-class –
with Mehmet as a representative – who is increasingly willing to participate
in the renaissance of a long-lost culture. Nina Cichocki calls this ‘internal
tourism’, when ‘the otherized Ottoman past becomes a foreign country –
within (the) home country – where Turks like to travel as tourists, follow tips
given by guide books and visit such sites as the hamam’.31 Cichocki explicitly
exempts Özpetek’s film as well as the resurgence of a queer hamams’ desire
Istanbul 179
via the hamam-revival in general from this phenomenon, and yet my claim
is that Özpetek, himself an openly gay director, deliberately reminds us of
this cultural practice of remembering in his films, especially Harem suaré, a
historical film about the harem of the last Ottoman sultan. It is through the
economy of gazing that Özepetek enters the cultural practice of cruising.32
The recoding of a formerly sexual practice of Muslim cultures, which
was based on a traditionalized segregated gender order and which never
understood sex between men as homosexuality, makes possible an encounter
like that of Francesco and Mehmet that is based on a non-traditional, mutual
and genuinely homoerotic desire. Mehmet, belonging to a new generation
of Istanbulites that is willing to embrace such notions of ‘gayness’, meets
Francesco in this architectural space represented by renewed possibilities
for seduction. The film, thus, at the same time extracts forgotten layers of
Ottoman homosocial agency in the hamam experience, and resets them to
contemporary sexual practices in an increasingly queer and Europeanized
Istanbul.
comedy shows to mean gays. If somebody was queenish, then they’d say
“Oh, he’s Hop-Çiki-Yaya”’. By the 1970s, it wasn’t being used anymore – so
I brought it back’.38 What is most interesting is that this character, although
ostensibly a transvestite and homosexual in the sense that he/she desires men
and defies given gender norms, highlights their flexibility through temporal
and spatial anchors. Whether on the hunt in Westernized liberal Beyoğlu, the
queer hub of the city, or investigating in the visibly more Muslim Eminönü,
the former centre of Constantinople, he/she moves about the city effortlessly
crossing the gendered East-West-schism.39
As could be seen in Turkey’s victory at the ESC that installed Sertab Erener
as a national heroine who ‘conquered Europe’ music has played a crucial
role in the self-definition of the Turkish nation state as well as in the self-
fashioning of various groups including queer audiences.40 ‘Arabesk’ in par-
ticular is a musical style that is closely connected to Turkey’s recent national
and cultural history. Besides its immense and at times subversive power,
which is mostly at odds with the state-regulated efforts to forge a common
national identity, Arabesk also pays tribute to a questioning of how to situate
an overwhelmingly popular and socially pervasive music genre within the
discourse of globalized pop music. Sertab Erener’s performance at the Euro-
vision Song Contest, for example, used elements of Arabesk and it proved
to be the formula for international success; Tarkan is an even more famous
example about which more is discussed later. Indeed, perhaps Arabesk poses
the greatest potential for thinking about how queerness functions in contem-
porary Istanbul, blending together gay, straight and queer elements and pro-
viding an opportunity for subversion through tradition instead of against it.
As a cultural practice, Arabesk was always quintessentially queer,
blurring high and low, modern and traditional elements, and emerging on
the scene from the fringes of the city during the 1950s and 1960s, where
the traditional habits of immigrants from predominantly impoverished
southeast Anatolian (mostly Kurdish) rural areas blended with contemporary
urban lifestyles.41 From the very start and given Turkey’s Kemalist ideology,
Arabesk’s foreignness and alienness – its ‘Arabic’ style42 – could not easily be
assimilated and it posed a threat to the politics of the Turkish nation state
in general and to Istanbul in particular. In suggestive sexual metaphors, Alev
Çınar remarks that the notion of the ‘provincial other’ as ‘the alien infesting
the city’ has created personifying depictions of Istanbul as a beleaguered
place suffering from corruption, alienation and degeneration; it is ‘open to
penetration and destruction, a place that is defenceless in the face of the
modernizing and Westernizing influences of the secular state’.43
On the whole, Arabesk has remained in the stronghold of a masculine
culture that ‘is strongly associated with mustaches, masculine friendship, and
rakı-drinking, cigarette-smoking rituals’.44 Nevertheless, the longstanding
‘Othering’ of Arabesk singers as well as the melodramatic lyrics of their
songs have put these male performers in a somewhat ambiguous category
of masculinity. The considerable popularity of transsexual performers in
Istanbul 181
this genre further adds to the complexity of body politics that distinguishes
Arabesk in general. Despite the queerness of the practice, it could still be
quite a precarious existence for performers. Following the 1980 military
coup, the restrictive politics included a policing of Arabesk music and films
that in turn resulted in the exile of stars like transsexual Bülent Ersoy, to
pick an especially notorious and famous example.
Ersoy was one of the first widely known Turkish transsexuals,
quickly gaining cult status within the Arabesk community. After her sex
reassignment surgery in 1981, she not only faced transphobic reactions from
the government leading to her ban on public performances, her petition to
be legally recognized as a woman was rejected as well. Her operation was
performed in London because local sex reassignment surgery was illegal in
Turkey at the time. Her highly visible stardom might even have accelerated
the restrictive measures of the military government on Arabesk. Despite
being forced to leave the country due to persecution, she successfully
continued to perform in West Germany until her return in 1988, after which
she filed a court case, fighting for her legal recognition as a woman. Due
to the changed Turkish Civil Code in 1988,45 which added the amendment
that male-to-female post-operative transgender people could now obtain the
‘pink card’ to certify their new female gender, Ersoy continued her career as
a female performer in Turkey, although retaining her rather male first name
Bülent.
Although the change in legislation was brought on by Ersoy’s court case,
resulting in a rather progressive legal regulation,46 the ensuing situation
for transgender people has not been without conflicts. On the contrary,
as Deniz Kandiyoti points out, the pressures to eliminate any ambiguity
in matters of gender have caused serious problems for transgender people
such as ‘potential medical malpractice’.47 The established hegemonic
structure, though somewhat loosened in recent years, still today maintains
a strictly dichotomous gender system, denying the existence of homosexual
and transgender identifications. Therefore, a male-to-female transsexual
like Ersoy is more likely to be considered an aberrant woman and thus
her former biological male sex will simply be ignored. As many cases from
Istanbul’s transgender scene prove, one of the ways to ‘come out’ of the
prescribed invisibility of closeted sexual behaviour still remains the choice
of a ‘corrective’ surgical procedure.
This claim of a specifically Turkish mode of living transsexuality accounts
not only for the ambiguous fascination that transsexuals evoke in the broad
public, but also for the perception of transsexuality as a signifying cultural
practice of paradoxical and disparate public performance, especially with
regard to highly visible actors like Arabesk singers. Thus, an example like
Bülent Ersoy’s speaks for Arabesk as ‘all encompassing metaphor’ expressing
the pervasive identity problem of a Turkish society that is ‘strangely
composite’ and as such unwillingly ‘appropriating and incorporating into
its closed circle what does not fit into the existing scheme of things’.48
182 Queer Cities, Queer Cultures
A different example of how Arabesk has been queered in the last years
is Tarkan. Turkish singer Tarkan for years has been one of Turkey’s most
prominent pop exponents and exports. His music style and performance
mixes belly-dance, rap, break-dance, Turkish classical music and western
pop. In 2006, he released his first all-English album Come Closer, produced
in the United States, thus aiming, with his music style and star image, to
join the global market forces. Like Sertab Erener in her ESC performance,
Tarkan ‘attempts to steer a middle course between the Scylla of Western pop
music and the Charybdis of “traditional” Turkish music’.49
And yet, refocusing the perspective from a global scope back to Turkey,
Tarkan is but one example of a booming pop-culture within his homeland
Turkey, centred in Istanbul’s clubbing scene, but present – via radio, television,
internet, cell phones and iPods – in virtually every household throughout the
country. Tarkan, who as a child of Turkish Gastarbeiter in Germany moved
with his family to Turkey in his early teens and now lives in Istanbul and
New York, is a ‘product’ of migrant politics due to transnational economics.
When viewed solely from a western perspective, he figures as thoroughly
westernized and highly sexualized orient-export. Yet his music is actually
rooted in the Turkish tradition of Arabesk culture that is historically and
geographically locatable as non-western.
As can be seen in his videos,50 Tarkan’s allusion to Oriental belly-dancing
re-creates and moulds himself into a representation of an Oriental Other
which in turn brings him precariously close to feminized, exoticized and
colonial notions of the Orient, mostly associated with sexually attractive
and available women, but including men as well. More than other Arabesk
singers, Tarkan situates himself within a cultural context of the Middle
East, where belly dancing, for example, has long been both a social – or
folk – practice as well as a profession performed by women and men alike.
Thus, even though a male dancer’s sex would be discernible, his male gender
was disputable from the viewpoint of cultural outsiders. For the latter, the
scandal of the male dancer was his dubious sexual allure as seemingly being
available, yet remaining frivolously aloof.51
On the other hand, Tarkan’s body – his style and movements – adheres
to the western discourse of double entendre. In so doing, he covertly uses a
second language that is queerly coded. It is an ‘open secret’ within the gay
community, both in Istanbul’s clubbing scene as well as abroad, that Tarkan
himself is gay. This is not to say that we can automatically conflate his private
predilections with his public star persona. But I suggest that Tarkan delib-
erately mixes musical genres of different cultures as well as creates hybrid
body images that cover and reveal various things simultaneously. In this way,
his body represents a terrain upon which the gender and sexual conflicts in
modern Turkey play themselves out, in a highly spatialized fashion.
To quote Stephen Amico’s findings, analysing the connection of house
music and homosexuality, Tarkan here takes part in a cultural dilemma
where ‘gay men are forced to resort to re-appropriation, bricolage’ when
attempting to imitate ‘straight’ society.52 Tarkan’s local success and global
Istanbul 183
Notes
1 Motschenbacher, H. (2010), ‘The discursive interface of national, European
and sexual identities: Preliminary evidence from the eurovision song contest’,
in B. Lewandowska-Tomasczcyk and H. Pulaczewska (eds), Intercultural
Europe: Arenas of Difference, Communication and Mediation. Stuttgart:
ibidem, p. 85.
184 Queer Cities, Queer Cultures
2 Ibid., p. 86.
3 Solomon, T. (2007), ‘Articulating the historical moment: Turkey, Europe, and
eurovision 2003’, in I. Raykoff and R. Deam Tobin (eds), A Song for Europe:
Popular Music and Politics in the Eurovision Song Contest. Aldershot: Ashgate,
p. 136.
4 Ibid., p. 145. As Matthew Gumpert states, ‘the ESC has always been a
transparently political event, not only in the sense that singers are encouraged
(according to the ESC rulebook) to reflect the national identity of the culture
they represent, or in the way host nations use the opportunity (as they do at
the Olympic Games) to export their own cultural capital, but in the voting
process itself’. See: Gumpert, M. (2007), ‘“Everyway that I can”: Auto-
Orientalism at Eurovision 2003’, in I. Raykoff and R. Deam Tobin (eds),
A Song for Europe: Popular Music and Politics in the Eurovision Song Contest.
Aldershot: Ashgate, pp. 147–57, p. 148.
5 Solomon (2007), p. 143.
6 O’Connor, J. K. (2007), The Eurovision Song Contest: The Official History.
London: Carlton, p. 182.
7 Feddersen, J. (2010), Wunder gibt es immer wieder: Das große Buch zum
Eurovision Song Contest. Berlin: Aufbau, pp. 60–5.
8 Wolter, I. (2006), Kampf der Kulturen. Der Eurovision Song Contest als Mittel
national-kultureller Repräsentation. Würzburg: Könighausen & Neumann,
p. 139.
9 Rehberg, P. (2007), ‘Winning failure: Queer nationality at the eurovision song
contest’, SQS: Journal of Queer Studies in Finland, 2(2), 60.
10 Kandiyoti, D. (1997), ‘Gendering the modern: On missing dimensions in the
study of Turkish modernity’, in S. Bozdoğan and R. Kasaba (eds), Rethinking
Modernity and National Identity in Turkey. Seattle and London: University of
Washington Press, p. 114.
11 Szulc, L. (2011), ‘Contemporary discourses on non-heterosexual and gender
non-conforming citizens of Turkey’, International Review of Turkish Studies,
1(2), 17.
12 Ibid., pp. 11 and 131.
13 Still today, the military considers it an obligation to safeguard the nation’s
morals (Klaudia, G. (2008), Die Vertreibung aus dem Serail: Europa und die
Heteronormalisierung der islamischen Welt. Hamburg: Männerschwarm,
pp. 109–10, Thumann, M. (2011), Der Islam-Irrtum: Europas Angst vor
der muslimischen Welt. Frankfurt/M.: Eichborn, pp. 216–17; Sinclair-Webb,
E. (2006),‘Military service and manhood in Turkey’, in M. Ghoussoub and
E. Sinclair-Webb (eds), Imagined Masculinities: Male Identity and Culture
in the Modern Middle East. London: Saqi, pp. 65–92, p. 69; Altinay 78–9).
In its rules homosexuality, transsexuality and transvestism (eşcinsellik,
transseksüellik ve travestilik) are considered ‘profound psychic disturbances’
that are not compatible with military service involving armed combat. As
proof of these the military requires medical and psychiatric reports as well
as photographs of the individual performing passive anal intercourse. These
photos often ‘miraculously’ show up on the internet, causing an involuntary
outing for many.
Istanbul 185
in Ankara in the 1990s and then reached out across the country now being
Turkey’s largest LGBT organization and explicitly including lesbian images
and stories on their webpage and print fanzine, published in Istanbul
(Gorkemli, Serkan (4 November 2011), ‘Gender Benders, Gay Icons and
Media: Lesbian and Gay Visual Rhetoric in Turkey’, berfroirs. http://www.
berfrois.com/2011//11/turkish-queer-icons/ (consulted 3 October 2012)).
25 Özen, E., ‘Tourist guide to Istanbul gay nightlife’. http://www.nighttours.com/
istanbul/gayguide/ (accessed 9 February 2012).
26 Yılmazkaya, O. (2003), Turkish Baths. A Guide to the Historic Turkish Baths
of Istanbul, trans. N. F. Öztürk. Istanbul: Çitlembik, pp. 56–7.
27 The historical Çukurcuma bath, for example, was a highly popular hamam
where especially tourists could intimately meet Turkish men of all ages. It was
closed late 2006 supposedly for renovation, but I cannot but wonder, having
seen the rampant (and mostly unsafe) sexual activity there, whether it is more
likely that policing actions caused the shutdown.
28 Bouhdiba, A. (2004), Sexuality in Islam, trans. A. Sheridan. London: Saqi, p. 165.
29 Bouhdiba (2004), p. 169.
30 Cichocki, N. (2005), ‘Continuity and change in Turkish bathing culture in
Istanbul: The life story of the Çemberlitaş Hamam’, Turkish Studies, 6(1),
100–2.
31 Cichocki (2005), p. 108.
32 Mooshammer, H. (2005), Cruising: Architektur, Psychoanalyse und Queer
Cultures. Wien: Böhlau, pp. 7–8.
33 For a recent butching up of gay street prostitution with rent boys showing
off an exaggerated masculinity, see Özbay, C. (2010), ‘Nocturnal queers: Rent
boys’ masculinity in Istanbul’, Sexualities, 13(5), 645–63.
34 This state-sanctioned homophobia means gay bashers act with impunity as is
documented in the Human Rights Watch report on Turkey ‘We need a law for
liberation’ and its follow-up ‘Turkey: pride and violence’.
35 Ivy, R. L. (2001), ‘Geographical variation in alternative tourism and recreation
establishments’, Tourism Geographies: An International Journal of Tourism
Space, Place and Environment, 3(3), p. 353.
36 There are three novels published and translated so far: The Prophet Murders
(2008), The Kiss Murder (2009), and The Gigolo Murder (2009).
37 ‘Mehmet Murat Somer – the Euro Crime Interview’. Euro Crime (8 May
2008). http://eurocrime.blogspot.com/2008/05/mehmet-murat-somer-euro-
crime-interview.html (consulted 4 January 2012).
38 Wiegand, C. (14 May 2008), ‘Different Beats’, The Guardian (London), http://
www.guardian.co.uk/books/2008/may/14/crimebooks.chriswiegand (consulted
4 January 2012).
39 Somer is well aware that his books may not find an audience with every
Turkish reader. His initial struggle to find a publisher and then being
represented by the prestigious Iletisim company, which also publishes Nobel
laureate Orhan Pamuk, for Somer are signs that he needs ‘Iletisim’s stamp of
approval’ to protect his books ‘from a hostile reception’ (Wiegand [2008]).
Istanbul 187
Further reading
‘Mehmet Murat Somer – the Euro Crime Interview’, Euro Crime (8 May 2008).
http://eurocrime.blogspot.com/2008/05/mehmet-murat-somer-euro-crime-
interview.html (accessed 4 January 2012).
‘The gay map of the Islamic world’, The Advocate 990 (14 August 2007). http://
www.questia.com (accessed 17 November 2011).
‘Turkey: Pride and violence’, Human Rights Watch (22 June 2009). http://www.hrw.
org/news/2009/06/22/turkey-pride-and-violence (accessed 8 December 2011).
‘We need a law for liberation: Gender, sexuality, and human rights in a changing
Turkey’, Human Rights Watch (21 May 2008). http://www.hrw.org/
reports/2008/05/21/we-need-law-liberation (accessed 8 December 2011).
Amico, S. (2001), ‘“I want muscles”: House music, homosexuality and masculine
signification’, Popular Music, 20(3), 359–78.
Ataman, H. (2011), ‘Less than citizens: The lesbian, gay, bisexual, and transgender
question in Turkey’, in R. Özgür Dönmez and P. Enneli (eds), Societal Peace and
Ideal Citizenship for Turkey. Lanham: Lexington, pp. 125–57.
Bilefsky, D. (2009), ‘“Soul-searching in Turkey after a gay man is killed’, New York
Times (26 November). http://www.nytimes.com (accessed 3 October 2012).
Bochow, M. (2004), ‘Junge schwule Türken in Deutschland: Biographische Brüche
und Bewältigungsstrategien’. Muslime unter dem Regenbogen. Homosexualität,
Migration und Islam. Ed. LSVD Berlin-Brandenburg e.V. Berlin: Querverlag,
pp. 168–88.
Bouhdiba, A. (2004), Sexuality in Islam, trans. A. Sheridan. London: Saqi.
Cichocki, N. (2005), ‘Continuity and change in Turkish bathing culture in Istanbul:
The life story of the Çemberlitaş Hamam’, Turkish Studies, 6(1), 93–112.
Çınar, A. (2001), ‘National history as a contested site: The conquest of Istanbul and
Islamist negotiations of the nation’, Comparative Studies in Society and History,
43(2), 364–91.
Feddersen, J. (2010), Wunder gibt es immer wieder: Das große Buch zum
Eurovision Song Contest. Berlin: Aufbau.
Gecim, H. (2004), ‘A brief history of the LGBT movement in Turkey’. http://ilga.
org/ilga/en/article/420 (accessed 8 February 2013).
Ghadban, R. (2004), ‘Gescheiterte Integration? Antihomosexuelle Einstellungen
türkei- und arabischstämmiger MigrantInnen in Deutschland’, in LSVD (ed.)
Muslime unter dem Regenbogen: Homosexualität, Migration und Islam. Berlin-
Brandenburg e.V. Berlin: Querverlag, pp. 217–25.
—(2004), ‘Historie, Gegenwart und Zukunft der Einstellung zur Homosexualität
und Pädophilie in islamischen Ländern’, in LSVD (ed.), Muslime unter dem
Istanbul 189
Judit Takács
For a few decades now we can be sure that what queers want is not just
sex2 – but a lot more, including a critical reorganization of the use of space.
Queering, at least in this chapter, refers to examining whether and to what
extent the socially constructed non-heteronormative intimacies and desires
became constitutive elements in the (social) life of Budapest. It will examine
where, when, how and by whom these desires have been recognized,
articulated, incited and satisfied, as well explore the regulating attempts
deployed mainly to inhibit and not liberate them.
Sexuality, the expression of socially constructed intimacies and desires,
is interpreted here as being constructed as one of the ‘significant axes of
difference’,3 together with gender, age, class and ethnicity, around which
struggles have been and are organized in urbanization processes, too.
Similar to other social relations through which power is mobilized, social
relations organized around sexual difference are made socially perceivable
by objects and symbols, including specific uses and codes of space. In the
following sections, as far as the – at times sporadic – historical evidence
allows, a mosaic will be presented on how non-heteronormative forms of
sexuality have positioned gay and lesbian people in Budapest during the last
few decades.
bathhouses were reserved for men only during certain days of the week and
became important social spaces especially for gay men, providing a hassle-
free environment in which they could meet and physically interact with one
another without raising suspicion.
During the late nineteenth century it was also a bathhouse, the Rudas
Thermal Bath that provided a home for Károly Kertbeny, who lived there
for the last 7 years of his life. Kertbeny Károly Mária, born as Karl Maria
Benkert in Vienna in 1824 ‘as a son of Hungarian parents’ coined the terms
heterosexual and homosexual and is regarded as one of the founders of the
gay rights movement.4 While his mother tongue was German, he declared
himself Hungarian: ‘I was born in Vienna, yet I am not a Viennese, but
rightfully Hungarian’.5 In 1847, he officially changed his name to Kertbeny.6
In Hungarian literary history, he is recorded as a not very significant translator
and writer but in LGBT history he is remembered for his inventiveness in
sexual terminology and for the theoretical case he made for homosexual
emancipation. In 1868, in a private letter written to Karl Heinrich Ulrichs
he presents a surprisingly modern argument for human rights:
At the beginning of the twentieth century, in line with the efforts to develop
tourism as a potential new source of income, a special programme was
introduced by the municipality to reinvent Budapest as a ‘City of Spas’.
For this venture, natural resources like the hot springs that had been the
source of enjoyment and recreation for the population for centuries, and
the cultural value of baths that had developed especially after the Turks
occupied Buda in the sixteenth–seventeenth centuries and built Turkish
bathhouses, were cited. However, until the 1910s, bathhouses were located
only on the Buda side of the city. The first thermal bath built on the Pest
side of the city in 1913, the Széchenyi Thermal Bath, with its open air pools
and neo-baroque buildings became one of the favourite spa swimming baths
of Budapest and a popular venue also for mainly men sharing same-sex
desires.
The role of bathhouses was also emphasized in one of the first Hungarian
books that was fully devoted to the modern aspects of the ‘homosexual
Queering Budapest 193
problem’. The book suggested that this problem – recurred suddenly after
World War I as a mass phenomenon, and as a ‘burning issue of the modern
era’8 – was one that could not be ignored. According to the author’s own
estimate in the 1920s, the number of urnings9 was over 10,000 in Budapest,
where they had several venues to meet and interact, including bathhouses
and vapour baths, but also inner city locations, such as the Erzsébet square,
the Kálvin square, the Emke corner or the Buda side of the Margit bridge,
most of which have remained popular cruising areas for several decades. The
author explains that in comparison to villages, Budapest, like other cities,
could provide a better environment for homosexuals to ‘exit an introverted
passive sexuality’10 and start to become sexually active. In the author’s view,
the main urban advantage is the ‘immense ease of disappearance’11 that can
protect homosexuals from the dangers of blackmail.
In 1929, as a joint effort of journalists and police officers a two-volume
work was published on Modern Criminality where under the heading ‘Crime
promoting circumstances’ a whole chapter was devoted to homosexuality,
or more precisely, its punishment and cure. According to the authors, the
proportion of homosexuals used to be half a per cent of the population,
but due to the war, and the long terms of internment for prisoners of war
which went with it, this rate has recently reached 1 per cent. In modern big
cities this rate might be even higher: in Budapest, for example, the male
population was 438,456 in 1925, while the number of homosexual men can
be estimated at more than 5000,12 which is more than 1 per cent.
In 1934, a Hungarian neurologist, Zoltán Nemes Nagy devoted a whole
chapter of his sexual pathological studies to ‘Homosexuals in Budapest’.13
This chapter starts with the statement that ‘Budapest is the first metropolitan
city in the whole world where semi-official records are compiled on
homosexuals’ for about 15 years.14 The author estimates that ‘the real
number’ of homosexual men in Budapest is about 15,000, most of whom
will never be detected as they belong to ‘upscale circles, carefully trying
to avoid publicity’.15 There were also well-known homosexual meeting
places listed,16 including bathhouses, public beaches with separate cabins,
surroundings of public toilets and steam chambers with limited lighting.
On the basis of historical evidence on elements of homosexual life before
World War II, Budapest can be described as a spatially ordered modern
city, characterized by specialized public-space use, serving mainly the
interest of the higher middle classes.17 As a uniquely modern kind of social
psychological space, the city provided a new dynamic: this was where one
could submerge in the world of strangers, and where one could not only be,
but might also act as a homosexual. Budapest, before World War II, with its
established meeting places and patterns of decodable behaviour seemed to
be able to provide this new dynamic for homosexual life; and as it could be
seen, it is not too difficult to find empirical evidence for the existence of this
semi-secretive homosexual infrastructure, for example, in the form of the
surveillance system that was introduced to control it.18
194 Queer Cities, Queer Cultures
capacity of urban services: for example, there were only a few places to
go out and socialize, and existing cafés, terraces or restaurants were shut
early at night. There were also fewer overt signs of urban marginality such
as crime, poverty and homelessness resulting partly from the successful
anti-marginalization strategies of the party-state together with strict police
control. Unlike the Budapest at the turn of the century, the urban environment
of state socialist cities did not encourage people to submerge in the world
of strangers by meeting and interacting with each other. Thus, the unique
social-psychological space of the public realm was a missing feature.
In a recently published collection of lesbian life histories, Hungarian
lesbian women reported on their personal experiences of the ‘secret years’26
during state socialism when the social visibility of lesbian lives was very
limited. A 71-year-old woman pointed to isolation as one of the main
problems of lesbians in that period: ‘those who had a partner were not so
awfully miserable. The misery was to find a partner’.27 A 62-year-old woman
described her sexual life as a ‘hopeless desert’ before the early 1990s: ‘I didn’t
have the slightest idea where I should try to look for them. The women,’ she
explained.28
Given a social environment that deprived women of having individual
encounters with like-minded lesbians as well as the social and cultural
representations of same-sex desire, the 1982 presentation of Egymásra nézve
(Another Way),29 the first mainstream film from Eastern Europe to portray
a lesbian relationship, was a great breakthrough. In the words of a now
82-year-old woman: ‘I know that a lot of people saw it, and it became a topic
of social discussion. It was a very good film, being brave not only concerning
this specific topic [of lesbian love], but it was also brave politically . . . and
about Galgóczi, the writer, it was quite well known that she was a lesbian’.30
A 48-year-old woman also reflected on the formative experiences related to
this motion picture, which soon became a Hungarian lesbian cult film ‘that
was seen by everyone [every lesbian] for about 30 times. Then I heard that
women gave classified ads with this code word “egymásra nézve [another
way]” so that it could be recognised [by other lesbians]’.31
The screenplay of the film by Erzsébet Galgóczi was based on Galgóczi’s
1980 novel, Törvényen belül (Another Love). Kevin Moss, an American
expert of Russian and Eastern European gender studies, interpreted the role
of the filmmakers in the context of privilege:
Galgóczi was herself a closeted lesbian, so in this case there was at least
one lesbian involved in the production. She was at the time the head of
the Hungarian Writers’ Union. Makk was an established and well-known
director at the time, and the film went on to win the FIPRESCI critics
award at Cannes. It may have been Galgóczi and Makk’s privileged
positions that permitted them to tackle two topics – political and sexual
dissidence – that were taboo for other writers and filmmakers in Hungary
and elsewhere in Eastern Europe at the time.32
Queering Budapest 197
the police came to collect me several times. They were primarily interested
in our political views and our connections. They resented it when I told
them that we support the party as there are homosexuals not only among
the party members, but also among the party leaders. . . . They also
tried to get me involved in investigations of crimes against homosexual
victims, and encouraged me to open my ears so perhaps I might hear
some information they could use.39
198 Queer Cities, Queer Cultures
homosexual acts remained illegal until the 1990s. However, people with
same-sex desires might have preferred to have other reference points for
Budapest.
and 2009, was officially formed in 1991, while Labrisz, the only exclusively
lesbian Hungarian association was officially established in 1999, but the
core of the organization existed from 1996. It was the pioneering work of
the Labrisz Lesbian Association that brought LGBT topics into Hungarian
schools by introducing the Getting to Know Gays and Lesbians (Melegség
és megismerés) educational programme for secondary school students and
teachers in 2000.50
At the beginning there were no other gay and/or lesbian associations
registered even in the larger cities of the Hungarian countryside. Budapest
seemed to be the only place that could provide relatively tolerant, less directly
controlled urban environments, where the sociocultural infrastructure for
LGBT people in Hungary could start to develop, including formal and informal
meeting places, organizations, and entertainment options. Additionally, the
historically developed hydrocephalus character,51 remaining a main feature
of late twentieth-century Budapest, could also have been reflected in this
centralized development.
Even though gay gentrification hadn’t really been happening in Budapest,
during the 1990s there was an increase in commercial and entertainment
space especially used by gay men: to a lesser extent but following a
similar pattern of white middle-class male market-oriented development,52
characterizing North American and West European urban gay scenes
since the last decades of the twentieth century. Between 1989 and 2011,
altogether about 30 gay bars opened in Budapest: most of them serving the
needs of gay men and surviving only short periods of time, while a few of
them, like the legendary Angel Bar, existed for almost 15 years, though in
several consecutive locations. The history of gay bars in Budapest, starting
with the Lokál Bar in 1989, illustrates not only how sexuality has been
increasingly commodified within the gay bar-oriented subculture, but also
how consumer citizenship can create and sustain inequalities53: holding
economic rights with which one can buy access to certain restricted places,
could perhaps guarantee partial tolerance towards the still largely ‘immoral’
gay citizens – but only a fraction of gay men have enjoyed such economic
rights in Hungary, not to mention lesbian women, most of whom have never
really been enchanted by the cramped space provided for them in gay bars.
According to a leading Hungarian gay activist, submerging oneself in the
bar-centred subculture can contribute to the maintenance of ‘politically
opportunistic’ lifestyles:
Gays are no longer locked into the world of cruising areas, bath houses
and public toilets. Nowadays they are ALLOWED [emphasis of the
interviewee] to visit the gay bars, [typically] situated in the basements of
side-streets. A lot of people have peace with this situation: “At night I can
run around the five gay bars, there are gay discos, I can go to a private
party organised in the countryside”. But it is still that level very close to
practical sexuality, an instinctual level . . . it is like masturbating . . . “but
Queering Budapest 201
to live together with another man, to integrate this into my everyday life?
That is too much yet.”. . . . This is opportunism, from a radical queer
perspective it is sly opportunism. . . . It is still [about] hiding: it is not a
real life, not a full one.54
could reflect that they were aware of the legal and practical difficulties in
establishing their own family, especially in a social context dominated by
heteronormative definition of family, being formed within heterosexual
marriage. This awareness could prevent gay respondents from realistically
considering family security as a value to be achieved: in this context higher
levels of preference of true friendship and true love can also be seen as
substitutes for the often problematic and institutionally denied family
security.
Narratives of Hungarian gay men reporting on their partnership
experiences starting from the early 1990s, when more publicly accessible
space became available for homoerotic practices, also reflected a certain
temporally and technologically determined evolution of ways to find and
meet other gay men. For at least one generation of gay men who became
young adults after the political system change of 1989, printed ads were the
most effective channel to find gay partners: At the beginning, there was the
[Mások] magazine and the ads, and cruising on the streets. The eye-contact
game, you know. . . . Then, there were the bath-houses, of course. And as
technology developed, people completely moved to the internet for finding
new contacts (38-year-old gay respondent); while the next generations
could start to search for other gays already on the internet: I started my
gay life at the age of 17. I know my friends from internet chat-rooms or
via other friends from a gay bar or a party (27-year-old gay respondent).62
Like in other countries where LGBT communities became increasingly
‘cyberised’, in Hungary it was cyberspace that to a large extent provided a
‘safe environment to encounter and experiment with queer identities’.63
In addition, a conspicuously new tendency characterizing the Hungarian
LGBT movement since the last decade of the twentieth century was the
gradual extension of public space use by organizing LGBT public events. The
first attempts began in 1992 with the organization of the first Pink Picnic,
held in a hidden glade of the Buda hills, being a somewhat shy precursor
of the Budapest Pride marches that started in 1997, and being organized
every year since as a main event of the annual LGBT Festival. Between 1997
and 2007 the Budapest Pride marches passed off peacefully without any
violent incidents. 2007 was the first year in the history of LGBT festivals
in Budapest when counter demonstrators attacked the Pride march with
extreme violence.
The violent attacks during and after the 2007 Budapest Pride, followed
by the violent attacks of the 2008 Budapest Pride march, reflected the
functioning of systemic violence.64 These acts were impulsive manifestations
of hate for the sole purpose of degrading and humiliating the victims, leaving
behind the shared knowledge that anyone can be liable to violation solely on
account of their assumed non-heteronormative identities. After these events,
many LGBT people felt restricted in their use of public spaces, being aware
of potential attacks, abuse and other acts of hostility; in direct response
to the 2008 incidents, an amendment containing specific provisions, being
Queering Budapest 203
of any kind but an ‘ancestor of politicized gays who are engaged in political
struggle’,67 being a well-known tactic of sexual-political movements:
Renkin also adds that the introduction of the Kertbeny ritual is ‘much
more an act of creation, of the establishment of a memory and history that
previously did not exist, than a “recovery”’.69 The Fiumei Street National
Cemetery indeed functions as a National Pantheon, a special site of
memory,70 particularly important for Hungarians. Thus the act of finding the
place of or creating space for Kertbeny there has equally great importance
for present day activism: it is a symbolic act of claiming social acceptance
through cultural integration by demonstrating that gay memories are fully
and inseparably incorporated into ‘real’ Hungarian memories.71
Conclusion
This chapter has focused on uses of space by homosexuals, urnings, gays
and lesbians, LGBT people and queers, in a socially and historically
ordered sequence, starting in the City of Spas and continuing in the ‘city of
spies’. I have shown how the emergence of the public realm in the spatially
ordered modern city offered extra opportunities for queers to submerge
into the world of strangers, where one could not only be, but also act as a
homosexual – with established meeting places and patterns of decodable
behaviour. Same-sex desires have been socially recognized and, at the
same time, misrecognized in Hungary since at least the first half of the
twentieth century, and these processes continued during the state socialist
period, too.
The totalitarian androgyny of the first decade after World War II brought
the renaissance of compiling ‘homosexual inventories’ to recruit police
informers, as a regular part of police work. Also as a new achievement of
state socialist gender equality policies, men and women could equally be
prosecuted on perversion against nature charges for a while. During state
socialism, public expressions of sexuality were heavily mediated. After the
change in the political system and after many decades of spatially deprived
public existence of non-heteronormative desires, Budapest was the place,
Queering Budapest 205
Notes
1 This research was supported by Grant 105414 from the Hungarian Scientific
Research Fund. The author is grateful to Boldizsár Vörös for his advice on
historical sources.
2 Warner, M. (1993), Fear of a Queer Planet: Queer Politics and Social Theory.
Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, p. vii.
3 Knopp, L. (2003), ‘Sexuality and urban space: A framework for analysis’,
in Alexander R. Cuthbert (ed.), Designing Cities: Critical Readings in Urban
Design. Oxford: Blackwell, pp. 193–203, p. 199.
4 Kertbeny, K. (ca. 1856), Öneletrajz (töredék) – Autobiographiai jegyzetek
[Biographical notes]. Budapest: National Szechenyi Library, OSZK Kézirattár
[Manuscript Archive] OctGerm 302/120-125, p. 120.
5 Kertbeny, K. (1880), Kertbeny ismeretlenhez [Kertbeny’s letter to an unknown
addressee]. Budapest: National Szechenyi Library. OSZK Levelestár [Letter
Archive].
6 According to Kertbeny’s autobiographical notes ‘[F]rom this time on Kertbeny
decided to devote himself to the representation of Hungarian literature as a life
aim. But until now his name was still his family’s name: Benkert. However,
if he wanted to represent a Hungarian case, he needed a Hungarian name,
too. Therefore, he wrote home for a name change. The registration took
place on the 23rd of September 1847 numbered 6613 and the permission
arrived from the royal government on the 22nd of February 1848 numbered
8812 – Kertbeny (ca 1856), p. 121.
7 Kertbeny, K. (1868), Levéltöredék 1868. május 6. [Letter fragment 1868
May 6]. Budapest: National Széchenyi Library, OSZK Kézirattár [Manuscript
Archive] OctGerm 302/228, 1868.
8 Pál, G. (1927), A homoszexuális probléma modern megvilágításban [The
homosexual problem in a modern light]. Budapest: Mai Henrik és Fia Orvosi
Könyvkiadó, Second Edition, III.
9 Urning is a reference to men who love other men, belonging to a transitional
third gender. The term, being inspired by Plato’s Symposium, was coined by the
German jurist Karl Heinrich Ulrichs.
206 Queer Cities, Queer Cultures
59 Bech (1997).
60 Takács, J. and Szalma, I. (2011), ‘Homophobia and same-sex partnership
legislation in Europe’, Equality, Diversity and Inclusion: An International
Journal, 30(5), 356–78.
61 Takács, J. (2007), ‘“It is only extra information . . .” – Social representation
and value preferences of gay men in Hungary’, in R. Kuhar and J. Takács (eds),
Beyond the Pink Curtain. Everyday Life of LGBT People in Eastern Europe.
Ljubljana: Mirovni Institut, pp. 185–97, pp. 186–90.
62 Hungarian research interviews conducted with gay identified MSM between
2007 and 2009 within the HIV Prevention within High-Risk Social Networks
– International Social Network Study II. led by CAIR, MCW, USA.
63 Gruszczynska, A. (2007), ‘Living “la vida” internet: Some notes on the
cyberization of polish LGBT community’, in R. Kuhar and J. Takács (eds),
Beyond the Pink Curtain. Everyday Life of LGBT People in Eastern Europe.
Ljubljana: Mirovni Institut, pp. 95–116, p. 101.
64 Young, I. M. (2011 [1990]), Justice and the Politics of Difference. Princeton:
Princeton University Press.
65 Ipsos: Meleg-felvonulás. Kutatási jelentés, 5 September 2009 (Ipsos Gay Pride
March report 2009) – I would like to thank Tamás Dombos for providing me
with the data.
66 I would like to thank the Legal Aid Service of the Háttér Support Society for
LGBT People for providing me with these pieces of information.
67 Renkin, H. Z. (2002), Ambiguous Identities, Ambiguous Transitions: Lesbians,
Gays, and the Sexual Politics of Citizenship in Postsocialist Hungary. Ph.D.
dissertation. Ann Arbor, MI: University of Michigan, p. 191.
68 Ibid., p. 178.
69 Ibid., p. 183.
70 Nora, P. (1989), ‘Between memory and history: Les Lieux de Mémoire’,
Representations, 26, 7–25.
71 By 2011, activists involved in the Kertbeny ritual related collective memory-
making project successfully achieved that the Hungarian National Committee
of Reverence and Memorial Sites placed Kertbeny’s gravesite under special
protection by officially declaring that it belongs to the National Pantheon.
72 Young (2011 [1990]), p. 227.
73 Ibid.
Further reading
Borgos, A. (2007), ‘Getting to know gays and lesbians in Hungary: Lessons from
a gender-informed educational program’, in J. Sempruch, K. Willems and
L. Shook (eds), Multiple Marginalities: An Intercultural Dialogue on Gender in
Education. Königstein/Taunus: Ulrike Helmer Verlag, pp. 425–36.
Borgos, A. (ed.) (2011), Eltitkolt évek. Tizenhat leszbikus életút. [Secret Years.
Sixteen lesbian life histories]. Budapest: Labrisz Leszbikus Egyesület.
210 Queer Cities, Queer Cultures
Antu Sorainen
Helsinki is known today as one of the urban havens for queer people, the
capital of a wealthy Nordic country with liberal legislation and an open
atmosphere. Finland has recently been ranked as one of the countries with
the happiest citizens; it has an extraordinarily stable economy compared
to other EU countries and nations worldwide, and the capital, Helsinki,
has been called as the world’s most livable city, ‘rich, happy and good at
austerity’ as the Financial Times put it sardonically in its special report
in 2012.2 Helsinki keeps pulsing with an active queer scene even during
the current era, which David M. Halperin recently claimed is marked by
‘the decline of the queer public sphere’. In Halperin’s view, Western gay
culture is dying out on the basis that straight people have bought up the
houses of gay people after they died of AIDS in the 1980s and 1990s, and
that the numbers of gay bars in major cities are on the decline from the
peak years in the 1970s and 1980s. He blames the gentrification of those
metropolitan areas that were populated by queer folks until the late 1990s
and online hook-ups for the latter problem – which seems quite plausible
as lesbians and gay men worldwide can now connect without the aid of
commercial bars. In Helsinki, the number of centrally located bars, cafés
and late-night clubs has, however, been quite steady since the 1990s – gay
men in particular are well catered to. Lesbians and other queer people may
be less visible in terms of the commercial bar scene, but they too continue to
play an important role in the history of Helsinki’s public sexual landscape.3
Research has shown that it makes sense to lay out a suggestive distinction
212 Queer Cities, Queer Cultures
lost 10 per cent of its territory with 12 per cent of its population displaced
and resettled within the new borders of 1944–45.18
The lost wars and the sustained and bitter fight against the former ally
had a strong impact on national sentiment, especially on popular visions
of masculinity.19 In large part, this was linked to a feeling of bitterness
towards the Swedes who had managed to stay outside the war. Even though
many Finnish soldiers had had homosexual experiences with members
of the German troops during the war, derisive talk of Swedish men ‘like
that’ – homosexual – increased after the war. Helsinki was one of the only
European metropolitan cities in war, besides London, that was not occupied
or tramped over by Nazis. During the war years, many gay men in Helsinki
cruised both German and Russian soldiers: the creator of Tom of Finland,
Touko Laaksonen, said that he had sexual contacts with German soldiers
during curfew at the Esplanade in the heart of the city, and, after the war,
with Russian soldiers at another centrally located park, Tähtitorninmäki.20
German men, as former allies, were awkwardly close to Finnish ideals of
masculinity, while Russian men were seen as profoundly other, so it seems
only fitting that it was Swedish men who would become the target of
repressed homosexual projections and fantasies and popularly labelled as
‘wimps’. Their femininity was underscored by the thought that they had
been unfit to fight, which was established as the measure of normative
straight masculinity across the border in Finland.21 Even in colloquial
speech, the ‘Swedish disease’ [ruotsalainen tauti] served as a euphemism for
homosexuality and its epidemic spread was greatly feared.22
their full names to each other in the small lesbian underground club or in
gay men meeting places such as bars, parks and toilets. A code of anonymity
was applied in queer social spaces and situations where queer life bloomed
because of the fear of the police control. This could be partly a consequence
of the harshening legislation and conservative post-war political climate.
I suggest that it also reflected the fresh memories and the socially shared
knowledge of the working methods of the undercover police in search of
the underground members of the communist party before and during World
War II.24
Even though there were some attempts to get organized around gay
politics, without the use of real names it was hard to invite people to
meetings or to sign manifestos or to address politicians.25 For example,
gay men’s cruising culture seems to have embraced the idea of the lonely
individual who only occasionally, even if practically every night, was led
to parks and public toilets (known as bunkers) by his stubborn desire.26
Further, Finland is geographically a large country with a sparse population
and no metropolis – it was maybe difficult to find enough people, especially
women, interested in organizing. Also, the influence of the English-language
literature on homosexuality was minor, as only a few Finns could read
English before the 1970s. Many books, most notably Havelock Ellis’s
Sexual Inversion (1897, with J. A. Symonds), Henry James’s The Bostonians
(1886), Radclyffe Hall’s The Well of Loneliness (1928) and Alfred Kinsey
Report on Sexual Behavior in the Human Male (1948)27, important for
identity politics in other European countries were simply not translated into
Finnish. Only the Swedish-speaking Finns and members of the upper classes,
such as the Moomin author Tove Jansson and her social circle, had access
to this information, including the culture and networks of lesbian and gay
organizations in Europe. Often these individuals had no meaningful political
or intellectual contact with Finnish-speaking queer people from the ‘lower
classes’, even if women from different class backgrounds might have had a
chance to meet in philanthropic, bohemian or religious contexts. Cruising
brought men from all walks of life together, but the parks and streets were
no place for gathering political strength.28 Modern lesbian or gay identity
was thus not the basis of Helsinki queer life in the 1950s and 1960s.
Although gay men had the (relative) freedom to cruise public spaces in
the city as they could meet in parks, bunkers and restaurants, this was not
possible for lesbian women, who could not go to restaurants without a male
companion until the late 1960s. While the regulation was officially aimed
at curbing prostitution, it effectively prevented the development of lesbian
bars in Helsinki.29 Indeed, they only started to appear in the 1980s. The
gender implications of the use of public space were also strong when it came
to women’s same-sex socializing on the streets and parks of Helsinki. It was
not respectable for women to walk alone or together after the closing hours
of theatres, cafes and soirees: they were easily taken to be prostitutes or
vagrants unless they were factory workers returning from a nightshift.
Two cities of Helsinki? 217
though the leftist movement’s influence was growing during the 1960s,
wider society was not always very friendly or hospitable for gays or lesbian
feminists as they were seen by many Marxists as representing bourgeois
excess.32 For example, the squatting of the Helsinki Student House in 1968
became a huge generational experience for many leftist-radical Finnish young
people of the time, but it did not offer a political space for lesbians and gays
to ‘step forward’. Similarly, Finland’s first out-lesbian author, Pirkko Saisio,
has vividly described (in fiction) how she faced problems with her sexuality
in Marxist intellectual circles in Helsinki in the early 1970s as the ideology
of the movement was strongly heteronormative.33
The first Finnish gay organizations were established in the late 1960s,34
but the first demonstration for lesbian and gay rights took place only in 1974
in the Old Church Park in the Helsinki city centre near Punavuori – in the
same park, interestingly, where the bodies of the Finnish and German Whites
killed during the invasion of Helsinki 12 April 1918 are buried.35 The first
official national lesbian and gay organization, Seta (Sexual Equality), was
founded in the same year, 1974, of the first public manifesto (a protest against
the sacking of a church youth worker on the basis of his homosexuality).36
A reading group gathered in its office in Helsinki and Dennis Altman’s book
Homosexual: Oppression and Liberation was studied. It seems that lesbian
and gay activists learnt the term ‘coming out’ from Altman.37 Seta started
to organize Liberation Marches once a year in the city centre, attended by
some hundred people.38
The early years of Seta were, according to many lesbians active in the
organization, dominated by its male founders even though it had an equality
policy. Most lesbian-feminists found it easier to get together at the premises
of the women’s movement (Naisasialiitto Unioni), in the old historical
building near Punavuori, rather than at the male-dominated Seta office.39
The first awakening of lesbian-feminism in Helsinki took place among
Swedish-speaking intellectuals, who visited the feminist camp on Femø in
Denmark in 1976. One of these women gave a talk on Shulamith Firestone’s
The Dialectic of Sex and Angela Davis in Seta meeting the same year, but gay
men there were not happy: ‘It became a war’, this woman later recalled.40
The first visible lesbian-feminist group in Helsinki was called Violet Hippies
(Liilat hämyt), consisting of six to seven active members, but both the
women’s movement and Seta tended to ignore them.
Coming out in the modern sense was still not really possible.41 In
neighbouring Sweden, the concept used in the 1960s was to ‘step forward/
to the front’ (stå fram/träda fram), even though it was used not for
homosexuality but by the leftist movement in the straight political context.42
Finnish lesbians and gays started to ‘come out’ on a large scale only in the
1980s. One of the first public ‘coming-outs’ took place in 1979 on the part
of a lesbian woman, Kersti Juva, a famous translator of children’s fiction
and a daughter of the then archbishop of the Lutheran Church, Mikko
Juva. This political act had a profound effect on debates inside the Lutheran
Two cities of Helsinki? 219
church as the father decided to take a stand for his daughter and for sexual
equality itself in an article in 1982. Kersti Juva, a resident of Kallio, was a
well-known figure in the closed circles of Helsinki high art lesbian scene
but she also supported young anarchist queer women who had adopted a
more in-your-face and take-it-to-streets politics from the United Kingdom,
the United States and the Netherlands. In Juva’s mixed gay-lib and lesbian
feminist person,43 a significant shift crystallized between the politics of the
1970s and that of the 1980s of the lesbian and gay residents of the city.
Increasingly people emerged out from the privacy of their homes and from
the city’s anonymous cruising zones to semi-public official meetings and
finally to public spaces with much higher visibility.
the age of consent (18 years for homosexual and 16 years for heterosexual
acts) were also adjusted.62 The traffic and trade between Finland and other
European countries were made easier, as the Schengen Agreement, which
Finland signed in 1996, allowed free individual travel between Norway,
Iceland and Switzerland and the EU member countries – excluding the
United Kingdom and Ireland. Helsinki was no longer the exotic distant out-
post it had once seemed to be until the break up of the Soviet Union. The city
opened up to non-normative sexualities and visible lesbian and gay styles,
and many new queer bars and club nights opened their doors, including a
lesbian dominated Nalle Pub in the working-class Kallio, and the biggest
gay club in Nordic counties, DTM, in the trendy Punavuori.
Punavuori used to be home to a rich variety of queer people as well as
other kinds of urban underworlds in 1950s–80s, but after its upscaling in
the mid-1980s the sexually and otherwise morally dubious urban citizenry
has been moving to the Kallio district. This history marks a sort of gay
gentrification in Helsinki; thus, it makes sense to sketch out a brief layout of
this urban transformation. Punavuori and its surroundings constitute a kind
of perverse archive of Helsinki.63 The district is located near the Helsinki
harbour, making the district popular among the visiting sailors. Until the
1970s, it had a dangerous reputation for its underclass population, with many
bordellos, seedy bars and tea rooms (or ‘cottages’) for men looking for sex
with other men. From the point of view of the bourgeoisie, it represented the
unknown and feared periphery of the city: stupidity, indecency and drinking
were located there in the middle class imagination.64 It was also home to
criminals: bootlegging, hardcore pornography and the drug scene.65
Many of these criminals went to prison or moved to Stockholm in
the 1970s, and towards the mid-1980s young and rich yuppies alike –
homosexual as well as straight – invested lots of money in the Punavuori area
and invented a new urban mentality they called the city culture. As expensive
cars and design boutiques appeared in the streets, the sense of spectacle and
transgression receded from view as its history and reputation as an untamed
and dangerous urban district was gradually erased. Just as gentrification
sanitized Punavuori of its underclass, criminals and eccentricity, it did the
same for attitudes.66 Gay men in particular have been seen to play the pivotal
role in queer gentrification in an Anglo-American context (for example Boys
Town in Chicago)67; this probably plays a part in Punavuori, too, as gay men
now own and populate the gay bars in the area; poor queers, lesbians and
transgendered people are consequently left in margins.
Homosexuality has become liberated, tolerated and respectable in
Punavuori; gay in the middle class and the commercialized sense of the
word, at the same time as the shadier forms of sexuality – what I call
here practically queer – has also moved into Kallio district. In Kallio, the
simultaneous impact of various social factors such as class, age, ethnicity,
nationality, gender, economical and citizenship status and age are visible in
complex mixtures, providing a positive record of the productive interactions
Two cities of Helsinki? 225
working-class women had to wait for their fathers, brothers and husbands
to return from the War – even though many women in Reds (the working-
class and rural workers uprising in the civil war) also took part in gunfights
and other war practices.74 After the war, when the Whites (the landowners
and members of upper classes in the war, assisted by German troops) built
massive concentration camps, one in the fortress island Suomenlinna in
Helsinki, and others around the country, almost half of the men of the Reds
never returned. They died of hunger, cruelty and disease, or were executed
for ‘war crimes’. A remarkable number of working-class women – most of
them under 25 years old – were also executed as Red rebel soldiers after the
Civil War.75 Kallio streets were suddenly populated with Red widows with
their children.
This crisis was augmented by the deteriorating state of the economy,
which between the 1917 and 1922, went into rapid decline. The brunt
of its impact was heavily felt in Kallio, as the state focused strict control
of the minimum number of tenants in small flats. Furthermore, working-
class men started to return from the prison camps, one by one. This meant
that the flats and streets that had once been inhabited by women became
crowded with limping, ill, broken men. Alongside the war veterans were
teams of young men from the countryside searching out jobs in factories.
As new tenants, they increased the adult male visibility in the small flats
and narrow streets, together with those men who had returned alive from
the concentration camps. However, in 1939, men of a certain age (18–50)
disappeared again, this time due to World War II. Once more Kallio became
an almost all-female district. But soon after the cessation of fighting, war
refugees from Carelia were settled by the thousands in the area. As a result
of this, in the late 1940s, the number of inhabitants was higher than ever
before (or ever again). However, despite the flow of war refugees and other
immigrants, new flats were not built. When the men came back from the
war, as in other countries similarly battling issues of space, labour and
reintegration, a baby boom followed and in the 1950s, the tiny flats became
more crowded than ever. In 1955, there were about 1.8 inhabitants for
every room in Kallio.76 Men were more visible in the streets and everyday
life than they ever had been.
The possible implications of this area being a predominantly female
working-class community for long periods at a stretch pose a question of
whether this history indicates an intense comradely and emotional bond
between women. Indeed, a social democrat MP Martta Salmela-Järvinen,
in her memoirs about life in Kallio in the beginning of twentieth century,
recalls how working-class women supported each other when their men
were working on the railroad, drinking or in the prison camps. The lack of
privacy in homes and proper education effected also in negative ways the
construction of young girls’ lives; queer female sexuality especially had no
space in the working-class or social-democratic imagination. Working-class
mothers were sometimes really harsh on their daughters, and prostitution
and problems with alcohol were a reality in many homes. Social anonymity
Two cities of Helsinki? 227
was not possible for girls growing up in the district.77 ‘Decency’ understood
as a strictly (hetero)normative morality was an implicit part of the ideology
in left-wing women’s political organizations, and it was a commonly shared
thought that it was women’s duty to keep up the respectable working-class
community. Many socialist women were active in building women’s shelters,
senior homes and maids’ organizations.78 However, the neighbourhood
saw greater tolerance towards single mothers and other ‘wayward’ women
than the bourgeois community in the city centre.79 Accordingly, until the
1970s, representations of working-class lives in Kallio were predominantly
heterosexual. The reproductive capacity of this social-democratic neigh
bourhood was marked in 1950s when the biggest comprehensive mixed-
gender school in Europe of the time was built in the area.
The pace of the everyday life took a new course in Kallio in the 1960s.
Until the 1950s, agrarian Finland, with its kin-owned farmhouses, had been
the nutritional and economic resource for working-class mothers and single
women living in cities. In the 1960s and 1970s, the traditional kinship and
family ties that connected rural Finland with urban Helsinki were broken.
A quick and thorough structural change took place in Finnish society. The
government decided to switch course from promoting an agrarian society to
investing in an urban one. Because of this profound and drastic change in
national politics, a new wave of migrants from poor rural areas found their
way into the cheap rented flats of Kallio, in search of paid work and social
security in the growing capital city of the post-war society.80 Along with
this economic migration came a host of new sexual cultures. From the late
1980s on, the underclass district image of Kallio slowly began to change as
working-class families moved to bigger flats in suburbs, and students and
“single” people started to move in – rents became higher and living costs
more expensive, and many marginalized people such as alcoholics and petty
criminals had to move to more remote areas of the city.81
Even though there were fears that the upscaling of the neighbourhood
would expose Kallio to the same kind of capitalist fate and gentrification
as Punavuori, its development took a somewhat different course. While
Punavuori lost its rough queer appeal towards the end of the 1990s
and, arguably, its excitement because of an increase in investment and
gentrification, the collective fantasy of untamed urban sexualities shifted
into Kallio. New social groups arrived, and new sexual cultures became
visible, while capitalist cooptation was more or less kept at bay – partly
because of the strong heritage of the workers movement. The headquarters
of the Social-Democrat Party and the trade union, as well as the library,
archives and many active organizations of the workers movement are
located in Kallio area. The social-democrat ex-president, Tarja Halonen,
was born in Kallio and lived there. She is also active in the Settlement
House management. However, during the last 3 years or so there has been
increased pressure on Kallio to gentrify along with the arrival of young
wealthy professionals looking for gritty urbanity. The gentrification of
Kallio has thus started, but it is uncertain what this will mean for queer life
228 Queer Cities, Queer Cultures
be a queer and feminist sex radicalism to this, the sex work here can also
be seen by some as capitalist and a further form of repression of women
and queer people.
Lesbians, sexually dissident transgendered people, anti-scene gay men
and others identifying as queer in Helsinki are still not in a position to
enjoy many public places inclusive enough or specifically catering to
them, and these social places, bars and clubs tend to be less visible or less
entrepreneurial than the commercial gay venues in the city centre populated
mostly by white gay men, with additional young lesbians and an increasing
number of heterosexuals. Helsinki is surrounded by the sea, and there are
a number of beaches and parks that are known as lesbian or gay spaces
in the summer time.84 Public venues regarded as ‘queer’ tend to be activist
spaces, geographically located in Kallio or in its surroundings, whereas the
mainstream gay hot spots are in Punavuori or in the city centre. Helsinki
Queer Pride gathers people together at the centre from all city districts, and
it has become increasingly popular among straight progressives after a neo-
nazi gas attack after the 2011 Pride March and the 2013 Heteropride raised
awareness. Liberal legislation and attitudes have made this carnevalesque
representation of queer sexualities a part of the city centre landscape.
A big Pride women’s party attended by thousands has been organized in
Punavuori in recent years. Such gender-specific events have a broad appeal
precisely because they trade on this notion of queer sociability, attracting
many women beyond the city.
In other ways too, the two public queer areas of Helsinki are quite separate
in peoples’ minds and everyday lives. Younger queer men and women
from Kallio often went for drinks in the Nalle Pub85 before taking a taxi
to Punavuori for a party the same night. Rarely does this happen the other
way around, and those living a more precarious existence in Kallio (poor
people, non-hipster queers and lesbian mothers) do not tend to socialize
in Punavuori commercial spaces because of the high prices and different
clientele. This social and sexual geography is fluid, however, as there are
some interesting events and bars in Kallio that attract Punavuori people,
and some places in the city centre can be regarded as not-trendy, like the gay
karaoke bar Mann’s Street or are not permanent, like the occasional club
nights of the Granny Valley, a society for elderly lesbians.
The reaffirmation of regional identities seems to be on the increase, fed
by resurgent notions of the ‘city village’ among middle and upper class
residents of Helsinki, and it causes simultaneously alienating and engaging
feelings among queer residents of the city. With two queer capitals, as it
were, the gentrification of queer Helsinki has taken two distinctly different
paths. On the one hand, there is Kallio, the former workers district, with its
contemporary queer politics of inclusiveness, which grows more and more
alluring for people interested in radical social city politics, locally owned
stories, regional culture and diversity. On the other hand, there is Punavuori,
which tends to attract white Finns with liberal views on gay and lesbian
230 Queer Cities, Queer Cultures
into being and flourished. The city of Helsinki houses multiple memories
of queer sexualities, and literally functions as a repository of stories of
conflict and struggle, certainly, but also of symbiosis and success.88 When
we consider personal accounts alongside official and semi-official discourse,
we see that there are multiple and overlapping queer Helsinkis. As I have
sought to demonstrate here, queer cultures evolved in Helsinki via a process
that complicated and contested the binaries between gay and queer in the
past and ongoing history of the city.
‘Queer’ as a concept has not become an everyday term or an argument
familiar in Finnish politics, unlike in Sweden where its use has spread
from the academy into the media and political mainstream.89 Instead,
in Finland, a richly textured variation of non-normative, semi-visible
sexual lives has been floating under the heteronormative radar; often
with less firmly fixed identities than those we now associate with gay
and lesbian lexicon.90 In Helsinki, lesbian anarchism flourished in various
public locations in the 1980s (Extaasi); this proto-queer story adds to
the dominant narrative of the gay and lesbian movement (Seta) and also
to the tragic but somewhat repressive narrative of the AIDS panic. On
the one hand, contemporary Helsinki offers possibilities to engage with
the city in an individualistic manner, especially in Punavuori’s liberal but
commodified mainstream gay scene. This relates closely to the metropolitan
impulse to inscribe a personal mapping of the city as part of the quest for
a distinctive sense of self. The working and lower middle class district
of Kallio, on the other hand, the central location for urban resistance
and protest,91 has offered cheap rents and cross-class and cross-gendered
feelings of practical queer comradeship not only for the radically political
but also for the closeted, poor or non-trendy queer people.92 However,
both areas have been crucial to the genesis of ideas of lesbian, gay and
transgender identities in the city, in promoting the assumption that there
is something to see, and in making people aware of the non-heterosexual
history and present of Helsinki.93
Notes
1 I am in a great debt to Kati Mustola, the pioneering researcher of lesbian
and gay history of Helsinki. I would also like to thank Jennifer Evans, Matt
Cook, Elsi Hyttinen, Tuula Juvonen and Alisa Zhabenko for their invaluable
comments on the draft.
2 Financial Times 30 May 2012. World Economic Forum Global
Competitiveness Report 2012–2013 ranked Finland in third position of
national competitiveness worldwide (www.weforum.org/issues/global-
competitiveness). About happiness and ‘livability’ of Helsinki,
see: http://www.guardian.co.uk/commentisfree/2012/apr/04/unhappy-
in-britain?fbnative&CMPFBCNETTXT9038 and http://www.
helsinkibeyonddreams.com/.
232 Queer Cities, Queer Cultures
84 The city is currently looking to transform a nude beach with segregated areas
for women and men, popular among lesbians and gays, to a mixed-gender
‘family beach’.
85 Nalle Pub is a sports bar now. There was a “funeral night” 11 November 2013,
attended by lots of queer regular clients, including me.
86 Peltonen (2003), p. 10.
87 Cook (2003), p. 142.
88 For a view of the city as an archive of sexualities Evans, J. (2011), Life Among
the Ruins: Cityscape and Sexuality in Cold War Berlin. London: Palgrave
MacMillan.
89 Kulick, D. (2005), ‘Inledning’, in D. Kulick (ed.), Queersverige [Queersweden].
Stockholm: Natur och Kultur, pp. 8–22.
90 See, for example, Kalha (2012); Melanko (2012); Saarinen (1994); Sorainen
(2012).
91 Finnish working class created its own public in the early twentieth century;
its own media, printing houses and theatres, and thus resisted in a concrete
way the privilege of the bourgeois and middle class to define what constitutes
the public. Many of the locations of the contra-public were in Kallio district.
See Hyttinen, E. (2012), Kovaa työtä ja kohtalon oikkuja: Elvira Willmanin
kamppailu työläiskirjallisuuden tekijyydestä vuosisadanvaihteen Suomessa
[Hard Work and Twists of Fate: Elvira Willman’s Struggle for Working-Class
Authorship]. Turku: Uniprint Turku, p. 31.
92 One recent example of semi-visible queer economics in Kallio is a pub owned
by a lesbian businesswoman and her gay friend: the pub is popular among the
straight middle-class cultural clientele but it also offers a safe space for lesbians
and gays. It is hard to recognize the queer policy from an external perspective
as the pub ‘looks’ straight, but if one is familiar with the local lesbian and gay
scene the queer clientele of the pub becomes obvious.
93 Cook (2003), pp. 12, 148–9.
Further reading
Altman, D. (1971), Homosexual: Oppression and Liberation. New York:
Outerbridge & Dienstfrey.
Berlant, L. and M. Warner (1998), ‘Sex in Public’, Critical Inquiry 24(2) (Winter),
547–66.
Dahl, U. (2011), ‘Queer in Nordic region’, in L. Downing and R. Gillett (eds),
Queer in Europe. London: Ashgate, pp. 143–58.
Extaasi Group (1989), Julmia naisia: Sadomasokistinaiset kertovat [Obscene
Women: Sadomasochist Women Speak Out]. Helsinki: Odessa.
Firestone, S. (1970), The Dialectic of Sex: The Case for Feminist Revolution.
New York: Morrow.
Gerodetti, N. (2005), Modernising Sexualities: Towards a Socio-Historical
Understanding of Sexualities in the Swiss Nation. Bern: Peter Lang.
Hallgren, H. (2008), När lesbiska blev kvinnor. Lesbiskfeministiska kvinnors
diskursproduktion rörande kropp, kön, sexualitet och identitet under 1970- och
Two cities of Helsinki? 239
Florence Tamagne
Since the nineteenth century, Paris has been described as a ‘queer’ metropolis,
achieving an almost mythical status in the minds of many men and women,
who hoped to find, in the capital of pleasures, the possibility to live a life
true to their desires. In the first part of the twentieth century, the visibility
of such well-known figures as Natalie Barney or André Gide, as well as
the flamboyance of meeting places in Montmartre or Pigalle, helped to
construct the image of Paris as a ‘queer’ capital, even though Berlin, London
or Amsterdam provided a larger choice of organizations and places to meet
and socialize. After 1945, this image lived on, but was reshaped along new
lines. Although many provincial cities now host LGBT associations and
several organize their own pride parade, France is still a very centralized
country. Paris is the only French city with an organized gay quarter, and
various sources report that 46 per cent of France’s gay men lived in Paris in
the 1990s.1 If the ‘Gaité parisienne’ (Benoît Duteurtre) remains unchallenged
nationwide, with 140 LGBT commercial locations (bars, clubs but also
shops, hotels, restaurants . . .) in 2004, Paris competes with Berlin for the
title of LGBT capital of Europe, and ranks only second behind New York
for the title of LGBT capital of the world.2 However, in terms of activism
and even nightlife – despite the number of venues, Paris is not the trendiest
LGBT city – Paris cannot compare with cities like San Francisco, New York
or Sydney, or even its nearer former rivals London and Berlin.3
In order to understand the gap that exists between lasting images of the
city and its new self, four aspects of Paris’ queer lives and cultures will be
examined: homophobia, activism, sexual geographies and identities. Two
methodological problems need to be addressed at the outset. First, as several
authors have noted, ‘the republican tradition of universalism and integration’
has shaped language to the extent that French gays and lesbians ‘express
Paris: ‘Resting on its Laurels’? 241
meeting place for gays and lesbians.12 The centre of existentialism and
bohemia, Saint-Germain-des-Prés was famous for its cafés chics, like
Café de Flore, where Jean-Paul Sartre and Simone de Beauvoir could be
spotted, and its jazz caves where young people danced and listened to
swing orchestra. Famous homosexual artists like Jean Genet, Jean Cocteau
and Jean Marais were regulars at the Flore, Le Royal Saint-Germain or
La Pergola. Le Fiacre was the most famous homosexual hangout, also
frequented by foreign gay visitors such as Christopher Isherwood. Young
prostitutes paced up and down the boulevard and picked up tricks in
street urinals, causing discontent among residents. Popular newspapers,
like France-Soir, and also homophile journals looked critically at what
they saw as a criminal phenomenon. Although Futur denounced police
harassment in Saint-Germain-des-Prés, and held the MRP, especially MP
Pierre-Henri Teitgen responsible for the new morality stance, Arcadie and
Juventus (May–November 1959), a gay journal that promoted a virile
image of homosexuality, both asked for a reinforcement of prosecutions
against tricksters and prostitutes. Several times, Parisian local councillors
complained about the ‘growing number of inverts – most of them very
young men – who indulged in disgraceful and shameless practices with
impunity in several Parisian districts, especially at the Champs-Elysées
roundabout’. According to socialist councillor Coutrot, speaking in October
1966, such ‘flaunting’ was ‘shocking for honest citizens and harmful for
the reputation of the City of Lights, notably regarding the tourists’. He
wondered why these men who had gone ‘astray, who do not even have the
decency to hide’ were not ‘ruthlessly hunted down or even prosecuted’.
In May 1967, conservative councillor Edouard Frédéric-Dupont asked
the police to heighten surveillance between boulevard Raspail and Saint-
Germain-des-Prés square. According to the Prefect of Police, controls had
already been strengthened in the evening and at night. In January 1967,
528 people were questioned by the police, and of these 412 were taken
to the police station.13 Throughout the 1950s and 1960s, gay bars were
raided, sometimes with the owner’s complicity.
Lesbians were less liable to police harassment. Most of them preferred to
meet discreetly within private circles of close friends, and they rarely visited
bars. Since it was thought both dangerous and compromising to wander
the streets alone, they would not cruise in places such as parks, especially
at night. Intimate gestures between women, such as holding hands, hugging
or kissing were considered harmless. They were therefore seldom worried
by the police, except in cases such as those involving a fight between
prostitutes, a murder, a lesbian ‘gang’, which robbed tourists in bars or a
marriage between women.14 According to criminal statistics, between one
and 12 women were convicted of ‘homosexuality’ each year between 1953
and 1978. The majority were between 20 and 30 years old and generally
came from a modest background (12% were unskilled workers, 11% were
office workers). The 37 per cent who were unemployed were probably
244 Queer Cities, Queer Cultures
housewives. Indeed, while 56 per cent of the women convicted were single,
23 per cent were married, 15 per cent divorced and 2 per cent widows. Fifty
per cent had at least one child.15
If prosecutions were relatively low, it is impossible to assess the number
of lesbians who were the victims of verbal or physical aggression, especially
those who went out as a couple, or whose ‘masculine’ appearance made
them an easy target. These ‘masculine’ lesbians were victims of a backlash,
not only from the heterosexual world, but from other lesbians too. In the
1950s and 1960s, the question of butch [Jules]/fem[femme] roles was a
subject of debate among lesbians, as was the question of effeminacy among
gay men. At the root of this tension was a generation gap. Many young
women refused to identify as butch or fem, and found these distinctions
outdated, a travesty of love between women.16 They also did not bear well
the rituals associated with lesbian meeting places, where ‘femmes’ and ‘Jules’
were supposed to act according to their position, and where the simplest
gestures – to buy a girl a drink, to ask a girl to dance – were subject to
complex subcultural regulation. ‘Jules’, often compared with pimps, were
especially rejected as they seemed to embody the very aggressive and
dominating masculinity most girls wanted to escape.17 Class distinctions
were also at stake. Bars were popular mainly with working-class women,
who did not fear for their reputation. According to Elula Perrin, the owner
of the most famous lesbian nightclub of the 1960s, few women could afford,
or wanted to support a girlfriend; many were looking for lovers in their
own class.18 Even if some women appreciated intermingling, many more,
especially from the middle-class, loathed ‘exhibitionism’, and didn’t hide
their disgust in front of drunken women in flashy clothes.19 Prejudice against
homosexuality was deeply internalized by some lesbians, especially as they
had difficulties finding positive references either in popular culture, (mostly
male) homophile groups or the feminist movement. In 1971, the radical
feminist journal Le torchon brûle was still the stage for a theoretical struggle
between young activists who denounced the ‘chauvinistic’ and ‘reactionary’
tendencies of Jules, and others who condemned this ‘tendency to divide
women’ by making them feel guilty.20
Until the 1970s, all French gay and lesbian movements were born in
Paris. Revolutionary activist Jean Le Bitoux remembers Arcadie as a very
centralized Parisian association,22 whose activities strongly depended on its
creator, André Baudry, a catholic and former seminarist. If the Club was a
mostly Parisian affair, the journal proved particularly attractive to provincial
readers, who often led an isolated life. In 1974, half of its readership lived
in the provinces. A reformist and assimilationist body, Arcadie wanted to
enlighten the general public about homosexuality, and to help ‘homophile’
men and women to live their life fully. Club Arcadie would be the place
where they could safely meet and, until the end of the 1960s, the only place
in Paris where men could dance together, although Baudry insisted they
behave ‘decently’ to avoid police investigation. Arcadie rejected promiscuity
and looked critically at any flashy behaviour, especially effeminacy that
was seen as reinforcing prejudices against gay men. Above all, it wanted to
distinguish homosexuality from prostitution and paedophilia.
A self-proclaimed apolitical association, Arcadie was at odds with the
1968 movement. Strongly criticized by the new revolutionary gay and
lesbian organizations, abandoned by some of its former members, notably
many lesbians who considered it had never given them real attention, it did
not however lose influence, quite to the contrary. Baudry became a public
figure, fought against discriminatory laws and even considered demanding
the legalization of gay and lesbian adoption, a question that was still being
debated as late as 2013.23 In May 1979, for its 25th anniversary, Arcadie
gathered more than 900 people in Paris, among them Michel Foucault. It
finally disappeared in 1982, at a time when most of discriminatory laws
had been abolished, and the thriving gay subculture rendered its club rather
outdated. By that time, its memory had been almost erased by the gay and
lesbian movement, born in the aftermath of May 1968.
In 1968, Guy Chevalier, a literature student, had drafted with a friend
the CAPR (Comité d’action pédérastique révolutionnaire: Committee of
Revolutionary Pederastic Action) manifesto and stuck it on the wall of a
Sorbonne lecture hall. Although the posters were soon torn down by far-
left groups, who feared that homosexuals would sully the revolution, they
went on handing out flyers near the Odeon Theatre and the Place Maubert
urinal. Much more important was the foundation of the MLF (Mouvement
de Libération des Femmes; the Women’s Liberation Movement), and of
the FHAR (Front Homosexuel d’Action Révolutionnaire; Homosexual
Front for Revolutionary Action), in 1970 and 1971. Created by lesbians,
feminists and gay activists, influenced by Trotskyism and situationism,
the FHAR urged gay men and women to ‘stop keeping a low profile’, and
condemned the assimilationist stance of Arcadie, although some of its
founding members used to be part of the association. Claiming the ‘right to
difference’, it favoured spectacular actions and inflammatory slogans. Inside
the FHAR, the Gazolines, a group of provocative transgender activists, were
particularly vocal in their criticism of heterosexism, and urged queer people
246 Queer Cities, Queer Cultures
to ‘leave their province full of yokels and come to Paris!’24 Indeed, although
it soon had sections in other cities, the FHAR was a Parisian creation, and
it gathered on Thursday evenings at the Ecole des Beaux-Arts (National
School of Fine Arts), in the 6th arrondissement. For Jean Le Bitoux, then
aged 22 and living in Nice, it was an eye-opener. He recalled living in various
Parisian gay communes in the 1970s and 1980s and taking part in the first
meetings of the GLH (Groupe de libération homosexuel; Homosexual
Liberation Group) after the split of the FHAR into various groups.25
Lesbians, such as Marie-Jo Bonnet, who had decided to leave the FHAR
because of reigning male chauvinism, created informal groups, such as the
Gouines Rouges (Red Dykes), and/or joined the MLF, where they played
a very active role. Remarkably, the GLH was born in Lyon, not in Paris.
Several lesbian associations were also created in the provinces, notably in
Toulouse. They tried to propose alternative strategies to the Parisian agenda,
which often ignored the problems experienced by queer people living outside
the metropolis. The GLH, however, soon split into several groups, with the
mostly Parisian and far-left GLH-PQ (Politique et Quotidien; Politics and
everyday life) section gaining the majority.
Radical groups were unsuccessful in pressing for legal change. In 1979,
the CUARH (Comité d’Urgence Anti-Répression Homosexuelle: Anti-
Repression Homosexual Urgency Committee), founded by Jan-Paul
Pouliquen, centralized provincial and Parisian LGBT movements. Its aims
were the suppression of discriminating laws, especially those on sexual
majority, as well as the declassification of homosexuality as an illness,
thanks to a strategy of compromise and accommodation. It tried to ally
with the MRAP (Mouvement contre le Racisme et pour l’Amitié entre les
Peuples: Movement Against Racism and for Friendship between Peoples),
after the homophobic murder of a gay man in the Tuileries garden. A march
was organized in Paris on 27 February 1981. Finally, in 1982 and 1985,
most discriminatory laws were lifted by President François Mitterrand.
Nevertheless, still in 1984, several backroom bars, like Le Sling or Le BH,
were closed by the Préfecture de Police for ‘security reasons’ or ‘breach of
the peace at night’, although the main reason was that they refused to light
their backroom or to forbid sexual activity.
The beginning of the 1980s saw the rapid growth of a gay and lesbian
community, based on businesses and cultural associations, many centred in
Paris – gay and lesbian radio stations Radio Mauve (1978) and Fréquence
Gaie (1981), for example. Most gay and lesbian magazines such as Gai Pied
(co-founded in 1979 by Jean Le Bitoux and other activists) also had their
head office in Paris. According to a survey published in the December 1980
issue, 33 per cent of its readership was located in Paris and 14 per cent in
Ile-de-France. Lesbia, the major French lesbian magazine, was also launched
in Paris in 1982 by Christiane Jouve and Catherine Marjollet. In April 1977,
the first homosexual film festival took place in Paris at the Olympic cinema,
owned by Frédéric Mitterrand.26 Whereas cultural initiatives were on the
Paris: ‘Resting on its Laurels’? 247
rise, political movements were on the decline. The AIDS epidemic came as a
shock in a largely demobilized community. At first sceptical of what they saw
as a new example of ‘moral panic’, the leaders of gay associations as well as
the gay press did not assess the scale of the crisis until 1984. Voluntary AIDS
organizations such as Aides (created in 1984 by Daniel Defert), or ACT-Up
Paris (created in 1989 by Didier Lestrade, Pascal Loubet and Luc Coulavin),
were all founded in Paris. Whereas Aides favoured an integrationist strategy,
gathering supports well beyond gays and lesbians, ACT-Up Paris privileged
the notion of ‘community’, in order to fight the isolation produced by AIDS.
By 1989, AIDS had become the leading cause of death among Parisian
men aged 25–44 years, but there was still no community centre for LGBT
people, until the opening of the MdH (Maison des Homosexualités: House
of Homosexuality) in the Marais in 1989. Now called Centre LGBT Paris-
Ile de France, it has relocated in the 3rd arrondissement.
During the 1990s, AIDS remained a central issue within the community,
while at the same time structuring militancy around contradictory notions
of ‘universalism’, understood as compatible with the French republican
model, and ‘communautarism’, often criticized as an Anglo-American
import.27 These tensions were at the core of the debate on same-sex unions
and adoption that emerged at the time. The project to create a civil union,
although originally intended for same-sex couples, was rejected several
times by parliament before being redrafted to be less exclusive. In 1999,
after years of legal struggle, culminating in a huge march in Paris the
17 October 1998, the PACS (Pacte civil de solidarité: civil solidarity pact),
a civil union between two adults of the same-sex or of the opposite-sex,
was voted in. Ninety-five per cent of the PACS are currently contracted by
straight couples in an example of the way changes affecting LGBT lifestyles
have also altered straight lifestyles, providing new ways of imagining family
and social relations. Despite strong opposition, mostly from right-wing
parties and catholic associations, a bill legalizing same-sex marriage and
adoption was promulgated on 18 May 2013, with the support of left-wing
President François Hollande.28 By then a law prohibiting discrimination
against transgender people had been voted in (July 2012), completing the
2004 amendment to the anti-discrimination law which made homophobic
comments illegal. Changes regarding transsexual people have nevertheless
been very slow. In the 1950s and 1960s, Coccinelle, a transsexual artist who
had worked in several Parisian cabarets, became a celebrity after she publicized
her sex reassignment.29 Her marriage in 1962 was the first transsexual
union to be legally recognized in France. Sex change, nevertheless, remained
illegal in France until 1975, and many transsexuals went to Morocco for
their operations. It was almost impossible for transsexuals to change their
legal gender until 1992 and transsexualism remained classified as an illness
until 2010. Founded in Paris in 1976 by Joseph Doucé, a Baptist pastor, the
CCL (Centre du Christ Libérateur; Liberation Christian Centre), was the
first French association to welcome transsexuals, as well as other sexual
248 Queer Cities, Queer Cultures
soon became the symbol of the gay revolution. Paquita Paquin, a former
Gazoline, Jenny Bel’Air, a transvestite, Edwige, the ‘queen of punks’ and
Farida Khelfa, a supermodel, daughter of Algerian migrants, were among
the gatekeepers.
If Emaer was the king of the gay night, Elula Perrin, who opened Le
Katmandou, Le Privilege or Le Rive Gauche, was the queen of the lesbian
night. Lesbian subculture was still much less visible. According to Perrin,
only 2,000 lesbians, most of them under 30, went out on a regular basis.
Single women who had to work went out only on weekend nights. Women’s
purchasing power was lower than men’s, although women’s clubs charged
less than gay clubs. Many women also loathed cruising in places they found
both squalid and depressing. Clubs like Le Monocle, Chez Moune, Elle
et Lui or New Moon, which put on drag acts and sometimes lesbian SM
shows, attracted more tourists and voyeurs than women who loved women.
From 1968 until 1989, however, Le Katmandou succeeded in building up a
reputation both in the lesbian milieu and in le Tout-Paris, despite its strict
women-only policy. There was no equivalent in provincial France, where
lesbians and gay men often shared the same places, aside from the Riviera,
during the summer.34
The beginning of the 1980s saw a major change in Parisian sexual
geographies. David Girard, a former prostitute and one of the leading gay
businessmen of the 1970s and 1980s, played a major role in the moving of
the gay commercial subculture from the 2nd arrondissement to the Marais,
in the 3rd and 4th arrondissement. In 1983, he opened a disco, the Haute
Tension, two saunas and a restaurant, and launched two magazines. In 1987,
he also opened the biggest French gay club in Barbès, Le Mégatown. Girard
was severely criticized by activists like Le Bitoux, who held him responsible
for the depoliticization of the gay community, and what they saw as the
‘selling out’ of the gay press. The Parisian gay district, although it attracted
only a minority of homosexuals, proved popular. Inspired by the West Village
in Manhattan or the Castro in San Francisco, the Marais was situated in the
very heart of the city. The new bars, which tried to attract ‘clones’ with
Americanized names like the Central or the Sling, were no longer reserved
for the elite. Their addresses were publicized in the new gay and lesbian press
and they were cheap. The first gay bar, Le Village, opened there in 1978, at
a time when the area remained populous and real estate prices were still
low. Les Mots à la Bouche, the oldest gay and lesbian bookshop in Paris,
which opened in 1980 in the 18th arrondissement, soon relocated to rue
Sainte-Croix-de-la-Bretonnerie, in the Marais. In fact, rue Sainte-Croix-de-
la-Bretonnerie, rue des Archive, rue du Temple, and rue Vieille-du-Temple
concentrate most of the Marais LGBT venues, which mostly apply a gay-
only policy. Well-known bars such as Le Banana Café (ex Broad Side), Le
Quetzal, the Open Café or the Cox are listed in gay guides, referred to in
conversations, and name-dropped in cult novels such as Renaud Camus’s
250 Queer Cities, Queer Cultures
persons are queer or not, but one finds here a majority of ‘DINKS’ (double
income no kids) and of persons living alone. However, Colin Giraud
remarks that, even for gay men, living in the Marais does not necessarily
mean enjoying a gay lifestyle. Since it often represents an achievement
in terms of social status, the gay men who inhabit the Marais are often
inclined to avoid what they sometimes see as the ‘ghetto’ – deemed too
fashionable, popular or normalized – and tend to favour more upscale
venues in other parts of the city.40 Most queer people do not live in the
Marais, which remains, for obvious economic reasons, a leisure more than
a residential area. Nevertheless, several studies, which mostly focus on
gay men and typically leave the situation of lesbians unclear, have shown
that gay men are overrepresented on the Right Bank, in the centre and the
North-East of the capital, especially the 1st, 2nd and 3rd arrondissements,
closely followed by the 4th, 10th and 11th.41 Because of real estate prices,
the (relatively) more affordable North-East, which is a continuation of
the Marais, is becoming more and more attractive and is itself undergoing
gentrification. Former homosexual centres, such as Saint-Germain-des
Prés, nowadays a posh, dull and overpriced area, have simply disappeared
from the queer map, although in the 1980s, the café Mabillon was still
famous for its ‘clones’ and BDSM customers.42
Other changes are currently taking place. Sexual geographies have been
thoroughly reshaped by electronic media. As early as 1995, a survey led by
Marie-Ange Schiltz revealed that 43 per cent of gay men used messaging
services and 33 per cent virtual social networks to meet sexual partners.43
Today, location-based mobile phone apps like Grindr enable you to
constantly reconfigure the queer map of the city according to your desires,
making cruising almost redundant. The development of the internet has
encouraged the dematerialization of social relations, and virtual social
networks are probably the first meeting place for young LGBT people
today. Young gays and lesbians, especially from the middle-class, are also
more inclined to socialize outside the LGBT community. Their lifestyle
seems to be less structured by their sexual orientation. Although they
frequent the Marais, sometimes at an earlier age than before, they often
find it too ‘commercial’ or ‘vulgar’, and they prefer to meet in gay-friendly
bars and discos or at parties, an attitude that is not always well understood
by their elders, for whom the Marais was both a refuge and a symbol of the
gay liberation.44 Straight young men and women, especially those involved
in alternative subcultures, such as electronic music fans, seem also more
inclined to share their own spaces with LGBT people. The permeation of
straight locations like the Rex Club by queer men and women, but also the
heterosexualization of queer places, such as Le Queen – which marked the
beginning of its decline – show that the Parisian landscape should not be
thought of in terms of closed spaces and definite identities, but demands a
multilayered approach.
252 Queer Cities, Queer Cultures
physical assault by the father or/and the brothers, and sometimes rape).57
Some Arab, Berber or Black men (and others) who have sexual relations
with other men identify as straight because they assume an exclusively active
role during sexual intercourse. Many associations, clubs or bars dedicated
to lesbians of colour are meanwhile made almost totally invisible, especially
for those aimed at the beurettes – Muslim girls born in France but whose
parents emigrated from North Africa. According to Christelle Hamel, there
weren’t any associations, clubs or bars dedicated to lesbian Arab women in
Paris before 2002.58
The problem is not limited to the suburbs. In many ways, Paris remains
a contradictory city, which segregates as well as integrates social and ethnic
diversity. It can still be daring, even dangerous today for two men – and
sometimes two women – to walk in the city holding hands, at least beyond
the Marais and its periphery. In February 2011, a poll for gay magazine Têtu
revealed that physical assaults against gay, lesbian and bisexual people were
more frequent in Paris and its region (22%) than in provincial France (12%).
The situation is even grimmer for transgender people. In many ways, Paris
remains a heteronormative space, where sexual and gender transgression is
frowned upon and must be kept hidden outside a few tightly delimited areas.
Above all, Parisian nightlife remains a mostly masculine affair. According
to Stéphane Leroy, 97 per cent of LGBT locations in Paris cater only for
gay men,59 a striking example of the male domination of the ‘queer city’,
something that has been denounced by many lesbian and queer activists,
notably Marie-Jo Bonnet and Marie-Hélène Bourcier. Lesbian theme-parties
have been on the rise these last 10 years, but the number of lesbian-friendly
locations remains rather limited, although the situation is often much direr in
the provinces. By way of explanation, many bar and club-owners complain
that it is much more difficult to build a steady lesbian clientele than a gay
one: women go out less often, and they drink less.60 As a matter of fact,
because they are women, they often still earn less than men, and would find
it more difficult to buy or rent property in the centre of Paris. Even though
Le Marais is also frequented by lesbians, especially younger ones, lesbians
often meet in less central areas, such as Montreuil, where many women-
only associations are located, notably the main one, the CLF (Coordination
Lesbienne en France: Lesbian Coordination in France), or Thermopyles-rue
Raymonde Losserand, in the 14th arrondissement.61 As a whole, a map of
lesbian Paris would appear sparser and much more dispersed than a map
of gay Paris62 and more organized around lesbian and feminist associations
than commercial places.63
In line with the feminist movement, women-only places flourished in the
1970s and 1980s. In 1984, radical lesbians Les Diabol’Amantes gathered in
La Clef. In 1986, a large lesbian centre, La Mutinerie, opened in the 20th
arrondissement. From 1999 to 2007 La Barbare functioned as a lesbian
feminist women-only self-run association. Workshops dealing with sexual
and gender issues were also created, many, such as the MIEL (Mouvement
Paris: ‘Resting on its Laurels’? 255
Conclusion
Ever since I’d been a child, an imaginary Paris had been the bright planet
pushing at the heart of my mental star map, but the one time I’d gone to
Paris I had been dressed in a horrible shiny blazer and everyone in the
cafes had laughed at me. I said to a French acquaintance as we left the
Flore, “I know I’m being paranoid”, but he said matter-of-factly, “No
they are laughing at you”.66
The sexual geography of Paris was, and probably still is, mostly an imagined
geography, a map of love and desire decipherable only by those in the know,
the place of the ‘homosexual drift’ (Guy Hocquenghem), whose experience
has been made universal by movies and literature. For foreigners, but also
for those who came up from the provinces to the ‘city of love’, Paris was a
fantasy born from and nourished by too many cult names and references.
For many LGBT tourists around the world, Paris remains today an attractive
place. Stéphane Leroy recalls that in the British series Queer as Folk, most
characters dream of living in Paris.67
French people have always been more doubtful: in the 1920s, they
found Berlin much wilder than Paris; in the 1970s, French queens flew to
256 Queer Cities, Queer Cultures
San Francisco; in the 1990s, they turned to London for good music and hard
sex. In 1997, in an article for Têtu, Didier Lestrade and Thomas Doustaly
wondered, in echo of other media, if Paris had been resting on its laurels.
The reputation of Parisian nightlife appeared to them grossly overrated.68
In 2002, the situation remained dire: ‘Let’s be honest: American or Italian
gay tourists do not come to Paris for the clubs. The city of light is today
the world capital of backrooms with at least 50 bordellos. It is a fuckpad
[baisodrome], where it is much easier to get fucked in the ass than to find
a decent dance floor’.69 A rather harsh judgement, born of frustration and
too many expectations, although one could agree that, in many ways, Paris
has been living on its past charm and glory. However, and despite its flaws,
Denis Provencher is certainly right when he argues that Paris still occupies
a central place in gay and lesbian imaginary, and that the Marais ‘serves as
a canonical reference or ‘lieu de mémoire’ [realm of memory] for many of
France’s homosexual citizens’.70
Notes
1 Sibalis, M. (1999), ‘Paris’, in D. Higgs (ed.), Queer Sites. Gay Urban Histories
Since 1600. New York, Routledge, p. 33. In 2009, there were more than 2.2M
inhabitants in Paris, 11.7 in Ile de France (Paris and its region). The second
largest city, Marseille had about 850,000 inhabitants, and the third, Lyon,
484,000.
2 Leroy, S. (Juin 2005), ‘Le Paris Gay. Eléments pour une géographie de
l’homosexualité’, Annales de géographie, 646, 585.
3 On 1 December 2009, daily newspaper Le Monde nicknamed Paris ‘the
European capital of boredom’.
4 Provencher, Denis M. (2007), Queer French. Globalization, Language and
Sexual Citizenship in France. Aldershot: Ashgate, p. 193 and Gunther, S.
(2009), The Elastic Closet. A History of Homosexuality in France, 1942-
present. Basingstoke, Palgrave-Macmillan, pp. 120–6.
5 Gunther (2009), p. 38.
6 See Tamagne, F. (2006), A History of Homosexuality in Europe. Berlin,
London, Paris. 1919-1939. London, Algora Pub.
7 See Tamagne (2006); Revenin, R. (2005), Homosexualité et prostitution
masculines à Paris (1870-1918). Paris, L’Harmattan.
8 The age of consent for heterosexual acts was fixed at 13 in 1942, 15 in 1945.
9 Gunther (2009), p. 38.
10 Fernet, M. (janvier 1959), ‘L’homosexualité et son influence sur la
délinquance’, Revue internationale de police criminelle, 124, 14–20.
11 Foerster, M. (2006), Histoire des transsexuels en France. Béziers: H&O,
pp. 87–108.
12 Sidéris, G. (2000), ‘Des folles de Saint-Germain-des-Prés au “Fléau Social”.
Le discours homophile contre l’efféminement dans les années 1950: une
Paris: ‘Resting on its Laurels’? 257
30 From 1971 to 1978, queer people used to march on 1 May with trade-unions
and far-left groups, also they were not always welcomed.
31 Combating Homophobia. Local Policies for Equality on the grounds of Sexual
Orientation and Gender Identity. A European White Paper, AHEAD (Against
Homophobia, European Local Administration Devices), Ajuntament de
Barcelona, 2011. The municipality’s investment in the fight against HIV/AIDS,
support to the LGBT Center, as well as the creation of a free LGBT map of
Paris, were notably mentioned.
32 Dustan, G. (1997), Je sors ce soir. Paris: POL.
33 Gai Pied Hebdo, n. 103, 21–27 janvier 1984, pp. 24–6.
34 Perrin (1977), pp. 82–3.
35 The Marais, a historic district, is spread across parts of the 3rd and 4th
arrondissements. It is notably delimited by the Pompidou Centre on the west
side and the Boulevard Beaumarchais (near Bastille) on the east side.
36 Leroy (Juin 2005), p. 588.
37 Provencher (2007), p. 156.
38 Leroy (Juin 2005), p. 595.
39 Ibid., p. 582.
40 Giraud, C. (2007), ‘Habiter les quartiers gays’, in Michel Lussault, Thierry
Paquot, Chris Younès (dir.), Habiter, le propre de l’humain. Paris: La
Découverte, pp. 295–312.
41 Giraud, C., ‘Enquête sur les lieux de résidence des homosexuels masculins à
Paris’, Sociétés contemporaines, n. 81, mars 2011, pp. 151–65.
42 Têtu, n. 32, mars 1999, pp. 64–73.
43 Quoted by Blidon, M. (février 2008), ‘Jalons pour une géographie des
homosexualités’, L’espace géographique, tome 37, 181.
44 Giraud, C. (janvier 2012), ‘Quartiers gays et jeunesses homosexuelles à Paris et
à Montréal’, Agora débats/jeunesses, 60, 79–92.
45 Hocquenghem, G. (1980), Le Gay voyage. Guide et regard homosexuels sur les
grandes métropoles. Paris: Albin Michel, p. 10.
46 Gai Pied, n. 14, mai 1980, pp. 12–13 and n. 35, février 1982, p. 56; Bory J.-L.
and G. Hocquenghem (1977), Comment nous appelez-vous déjà? Ces hommes
que l’on dit homosexuels. Paris: Calmann-Levy, pp. 161, 210.
47 Gunther (2009), p. 68.
48 Pollak, M. (1982), ‘L’homosexualité masculine, ou le bonheur dans le ghetto?’,
Communication, 35, 37–55.
49 Le Bitoux (2003) and Gunther (2009), p. 76.
50 Proth, B. (2002), Lieux de drague. Scènes et coulisses d’une sexualité
masculine. Paris, Octarès éditions, p. 129.
51 Ibid., pp. 191–3.
52 Hocquenghem, G., op. cit., 10 and 135.
53 For multiracial gay clubs, see Têtu, n. 9, décembre 1996, pp. 25–32.
54 Many testimonies can be found in the online magazine babyboy.fr.
Paris: ‘Resting on its Laurels’? 259
Further reading
Chetcuti N. (2010), Se dire lesbienne. Vie de couple, sexualité, représentation de
soi. Paris: Payot.
Foerster M. (2006), Histoire des transsexuels en France. Béziers: H&O.
Gunther S. (2009), The Elastic Closet. A History of Homosexuality in France,
1942-present. Basingstoke: Palgrave-Macmillan.
Jackson J. (2009), Living in Arcadia: Homosexuality, Politics, and Morality in
France from the Liberation to AIDS. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
Le Bitoux, J. (2003), Citoyen de seconde zone. Trente ans de lutte pour la reconnaissance
de l’homosexualité en France (1971-2002). Paris: Hachette Littératures.
McCaffrey E. (2005), The Gay Republic. Sexuality, Citizenship and Subversion in
France. Aldershot: Ashgate.
Martel F. (2000), The Pink and the Black. Homosexuals in France since 1968.
Stanford: Stanford University Press.
Proth B. (2002), Lieux de drague. Scènes et coulisses d’une sexualité masculine,
Paris: Octarès éditions.
260 Queer Cities, Queer Cultures
Fatima El-Tayeb
Introduction
The twenty-first century European city seems almost necessarily queer; that
is, openly queer communities and neighbourhoods are not only tolerated but
cherished parts of nearly every metropole, reflecting the continent’s unique
ability to constantly evolve (‘Europe’s self-generating capacity to produce,
like a silk-worm, the circumstances of her own evolution from within her own
body’, as Stuart Hall put it with mild sarcasm in 1991)2 to always be where
the avant-garde is. Europe, after all, is not only a geographical location or an
economic union, but the home of enlightened humanism. Consequently, its
inclusivity of queers is one of the things that sets Europe apart from the rest
of the world – from the US American ally, more powerful, but less mature
and refined and certainly less secular than Europe, and more than that from
the non-West, increasingly represented by Islam. Islam has had a key role
in twenty-first century politics (or at least in mainstream discourses about
these politics), and is also seen to pose a threat not only to global peace but
also to Europe’s internal stability, in the shape of several million Muslim
‘immigrants’, whose values with regard to almost everything, but certainly
gender and sexuality, violently clash with European practices. These culture
clashes take place primarily in urban landscapes. Or so the story goes.
In this chapter, I hope to offer a critical investigation into the Muslim/
European dichotomy as well as into the supposedly harmonious relationship
between ‘queer’ and ‘Europe’, which, I argue, needs to be qualified: queerness
264 Queer Cities, Queer Cultures
more recently gays and lesbians in the mobilization of the nation around
the (neo)colonial civilizing mission has been extensively analysed.15 Critical
deconstructions of contemporary versions of this ‘strategic humanism’ tend
to focus on the United States however, as the dominant military power and
self-declared leader in the ‘war on terror’. Less attention is paid to the ways
in which Europe exerts economic control over formerly colonized spaces.
The latter, less obvious system of domination is firmly situated within human
rights discourses that tend to hide rather than address economic violence by
drawing on the larger framework of civilizing West/underdeveloped Global
South.16 This dynamic plays out not only in international relations, but also
in the neo-liberal restructuring of European cities, in which class is replaced
by notions of culture that deeply racialize urban hierarchies.
Neo-liberal cityscapes:
Homonormative versus queer
Reacting to the crisis of the industrial metropole that began in the 1970s, a
crisis that produced forms of situated resistance like the squatter and Hip-
Hop movements, authors such as Richard Florida appropriated and tamed
‘Gays Who Cannot Properly be Gay’ 269
healthy and desirable LGBT identity, centred around ‘coming out’ and
represented by the white, Western gay subject. This norm is complimented
by its underdeveloped Other, embodied by racialized queers, held back
from achieving the former’s liberated state by their homophobic culture
of origin. Emancipation thus can only be achieved by assimilating into
dominant culture.
Absent from this discourse is a progressive queer critique that applies
intersectionality in order to analyse the effects of race and class on this
seeming clash between progressive, tolerant, dynamic European society
and traditional, intolerant, static Muslim community. Instead, as the
Dutch queer of colour collective Strange Fruit observed as early as 1997,
it is ‘assumed that all minorities have psycho-social problems’, expressed
in a pathologized deviance that threatens the nation’s core values and thus
needs to be cured through a mixture of (forced) assimilation, punishment
and (re)education. That is, both queer and straight Muslims appear as
misfits within twenty-first century models of identity: while the former, still
culturally stuck in the age of shame, are incapable of embracing a modern
queer identity manifest in particular in the normative coming out process,
the latter cling to a repressive model of heterosexuality, out of synch with
the age of neo-liberal consumer citizens, offering participation to anyone
willing and able to pay the price, including those formerly excluded, such
as women and queers. Thus, while the European Muslim community as a
whole is judged to present the ‘wrong’, that is, misogynist, homophobic,
type of heterosexuality, feminist and queer Muslims too are confronted with
the demand to take sides in the imaginary clash of cultures in which ‘the
West’ stands for liberal and progressive cosmopolitanism.
This legible and thus acceptable image of the victimized queer Muslim
saved by Western humanitarianism (often via white queer organizations)32
is directly opposed to the position expressed in the quote by Amsterdam-
based Strange Fruit introducing this chapter. The collective, whose name
simultaneously references queer positionalities and African diasporic
traditions, almost perfectly represents the subaltern of contemporary
European discourses around race, religion and migration in their implied
impact on gender and sexuality. Active from 1989 to 2002, the group was
founded by queer youths of Muslim and Afro-Caribbean background, for the
most part welfare recipients and/or sex workers, who came together intending
to challenge their marginalization within both their ethnic communities and
the Dutch gay scene. Committed to a non-hierarchical self-help approach,
the activists offered an insider’s perspective to other queer youths of colour,
rather than that of aid workers delivering ‘expert knowledge’. Instead, they
used the expertise present even within the community in order to counter
authoritative discourses such as the one producing the Forum report, thus
questioning the assumption of a deficiency of non-white/non-Western
queerness and identifying racism and Islamophobia as intrinsically linked to
dominant models of gay liberation.
272 Queer Cities, Queer Cultures
The risk of expulsion from family and/or community is real. Thus, these
are reasons to avoid a confrontation with cultural and/or religious tradi-
tions and to hide their sexual preference from family and community. For
gays of color it is often already a big step – towards self-realization – to
use the meeting places created by migrant/minority gays. Initiatives such
as Strange Fruit and Secret Garden of the Amsterdam COC and the Melt-
ing Pot of the Hague’s COC. These initiatives have diverse aims: from
help and support to the organizing of informal meeting nights.37
The model character of the ‘autochthon’ gay Dutch community and the
usefulness of the linear coming out binary as indicator of a successful
‘self-realization’ remain unquestioned. By focusing on minority queers’
inability to come out and live openly, the Forum report puts them firmly
on the wrong side of the oppressed/liberated dichotomy. Consequently, it
presents the step of approaching one of the minority LGBT organizations
working under the umbrella of larger Dutch queer organizations, namely
the COC, as the only way to cross over to the right side, out of the (cultural)
closet.38
‘Gays Who Cannot Properly be Gay’ 273
The dichotomy between pre- and post-pride gay identity as Marlon Ross,
Hiram Perez and others have argued, posits the closet as ‘ground zero in the
project of articulating an “epistemology” of sexuality’.39 Strikingly reflected
in the Forum report, this understanding of the closet ‘narrativizes gay and
lesbian identity in a manner that violently excludes or includes the subjects
it names according to their access to specific kinds of privacy, property, and
mobility’.40 The link between linear mobility and progress ties the normative
coming out story to the larger discourse around racialized minorities in the
neo-liberal European city as both present communities of colour as spaces
of oppression that need to be permanently left in order to enter the domain
of the liberated consumer-citizen. At the same time, ‘being out’ becomes
increasingly manifest in forms of commercialized mobility that neatly tie into
creative city models, in which race and class are the true signifiers of who
can be properly gay: ‘Needless to say, the mobility that modern gay identity
requires is not universally available. Here we encounter trouble in the form
of noncanonical bodies (not surprisingly, also quite often brown bodies)
nonetheless interpellated as gay. Gays who cannot properly be gay’.41
Conclusion
Rejecting culturalist categorizations, the Strange Fruit activists resist divide
and conquer policies that not only pit ‘gay’ against ‘migrant’ communities
but also separate the latter into assimilable Christians and unassimilable
Muslims. Instead, they applied an understanding of cross-communal
solidarity that allows for alliances without denying differences, practicing
a form of resistance rooted in women of colour feminism’s intersectional
analytical framework. As Grace Hong observed:
Notes
1 An earlier version of this essay was published in European Journal of Women’s
Studies, February 2012, 19(1), 79–95.
2 Hall (1991), p. 18.
‘Gays Who Cannot Properly be Gay’ 277
Further reading
Bernhardt, M. (2007), ‘Rassistische Hetze im rosa Gewand. Berliner
Schwulenprojekt bläst erneut zur Hatz auf Migranten’, Junge Welt, 30 June.
Casanova, J. (2004), ‘Religion, European secular identities, and European
integration’, Eurozine, 29 July, available at: http://www.eurozine.com/
articles/2004-07-29-casanova-en.html (last accessed 13 February 2010).
Chasin, A. (2000), Selling Out. The Gay and Lesbian Movement Goes to Market.
New York: Palgrave.
Duggan, L. (2002), ‘The new homonormativity: The sexual politics of
neoliberalism’, in R. Castronovo and D. D. Nelson (eds), Materializing
Democracy. Durham, NC: Duke University Press, pp. 173–94.
El-Tayeb, F. (2011), European Others. Queering Ethnicity in Postnational Europe.
Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.
—(February 2012), ‘Gays who cannot properly be gay’: Queer muslims in the
neoliberal European city’, European Journal of Women’s Studies, 19(1), 79–95.
Haritaworn, J. (2010), ‘Queer injuries: The racial politics of “homophobic hate
crime” in Germany’, Social Justice, 37(1), 69–85.
Haritaworn, J., T. Tauquir and E. Erdem (2008), ‘Gay imperialism: Gender and
sexuality discourse in the “War on Terror”’, in A. Kuntsman and E. Miyake
(eds), Out of Place: Interrogating Silences in Queerness/Raciality. York: Raw
Nerve Books.
Jivraj, S. and A. de Jong (2011), ‘The Dutch homo-emancipation policy and its
silencing effects on queer muslims’, Feminist Legal Studies, Special Issue:
‘Liabilities of Queer Antiracist Critique’.
Manalansan, M. (2005), ‘Race, violence, and neoliberal spatial politics in the global
city’, Social Text, 84–5(23), 141–56.
Puar, J. (2007), Terrorist Assemblages: Homonationalism in Queer Times. Durham:
Duke University Press.
Perez, H. (2005), ‘You can have my brown body and eat it, too!’, Social Text,
84–5(23/3–4), 171–92, 177.
Ross, M. (2005), ‘Beyond the closet as raceless paradigm’, in E. P. Johnson and
M. G. Henderson (eds), Black Queer Studies. A Critical Anthology. Durham:
Duke University Press, pp. 161–89.
Wolter, S. and K. Yılmaz-Günay (2009), ‘Muslimische Jugendliche und
Homophobie – braucht es eine zielgrup- penspezifische Pädagogik?’, in
Bundschuh/Jagusch/Mai (eds), Facebook, Fun und Ramadan. Düsseldorf:
Informations- und Dokumentationszentrums für Antirassismusarbeit e.V.,
available at: www.gladt.de.
14
Seeing like a queer city
Tom Boellstorff
Introduction
It would be impossible to summarize the 12 core chapters making up this
volume; along with the introduction and first postscript, they address
a staggering array of topics regarding queer cities. I instead extend some
key themes, building on three aspects of my own history. First, I have been
involved in queer urban activism at various points in my life. This includes
involvement in the events during the 1991 coup attempt in Moscow
described by Dan Healey in Chapter 5 – some of which took place in my
apartment at the time.1 Second, I have conducted research on gay and lesbi
Indonesians, focusing on cities in that archipelago.2 Third, I have conducted
research on internet sociality.3
Reflecting on the varied insights provided by the contributors to this
volume in light of these intellectual and activist experiences, I see five key
themes of value for future work. First, the contributions to this volume
demonstrate the limits of ‘neoliberalism’ as a conceptual framework. Second,
they suggest how work in urban theory that highlights the partial, emergent
and contradictory aspects of city governance has much to offer a queer
perspective. I will weave the work of Mariana Valverde into the discussion
to illustrate this point. Third, while the contributions to this volume take
European cities as their foci, they suggest comparative lines of inquiry
beyond what I might term a queer Hanseatic League. Fourth, the chapters
in diverse ways all insist on attention to the historicity of sexuality and
the urban. Finally, the authors of these chapters point towards the growing
relevance of digital sociality in queer urbanity.
All told, then, in what follows I reflect on themes of law and governance,
norms and practices, history and change. It is through such a contextual
Seeing like a queer city 283
and processual approach to queer urbanity that we can best appreciate the
contributions to this volume and their import for future research.
Yet any discursive formation, any cultural logic, can have normalizing
effects linked to political economic dynamics, and the figure of the ‘queer’
is not exempt. This insight was at the heart of Foucault’s preference for
a notion of ‘reverse discourse’ that allowed us to better understand how
‘homosexuality began to speak on its own behalf, to demand that its
legitimacy or “naturality” be acknowledged, often in the same vocabulary,
using the same categories by which it was medically disqualified’.10
The point Foucault makes here – a top candidate for the foundational
conceptual intervention of queer theory itself – is that we are shaped by the
historical dynamics of power that constitute the cultural lifeworlds we in
turn change. Foucault’s dissatisfaction with the notion of ‘liberation’ was
shaped by its implication that one could begin from a tabula rasa, stepping
outside society and context, particularly the idea that such an impossible
standpoint of absolute purity was necessary for political efficacy and cultural
authenticity. This notion of being within the that which one critiques is
at the heart of the notion of ‘queer’: transforming that which dominates.
This implies complicities, contaminations, intimacies. It is a set of insights
shared with many allied fields of inquiry like post-colonial theory, and it
means recognizing that discursive fields represented as oppositional are not
immune to the possibility of producing normativities of their own.
[T]he emergence of Jews and queers into Vienna’s public sphere should
be read as a signpost of postmodernity. This is meant literally, in that
the unprecedented prominence of these groups within the city’s urban
landscape signals a genuine departure from the modern logic of Jews’ and
homosexuals’ foundational abjection. In a globalizing world, the principal
Others of the modern nation-state no longer figure as constitutive outsides.
On the contrary, they have been incorporated as fundamental elements of
a diversified public sphere.26
means engaging with mobile devices at the same time. This means being in
a state of privatized online connection– using a personal device rather than
watching a shared monitor – even while in a public vehicle moving through
an urban environment.
Third, the digital does not simply play a derivative or secondary role
compared to the physical. The growing omnipresence of internet engagement
means that the offline is gradually becoming experienced as the state of being
temporally not online. There can thus emerge forms of online sociality that
have their own logics, norms and even digital places that cannot be reduced
to any one physical-world place or social context. From virtual worlds to
online games and some social network sites and other browser-based venues,
we find urban denizens engaging in forms of digital placemaking – even
participating in virtual cities that exist only online.
Needless to say, these three impacts of the digital on urban experience
are not exhaustive. They simply point towards some of the many ways
that online socialities will continue to transform urban experience. As with
any other technological disruption, these effects of the online could be
exclusionary or inclusive, corporatized or community-based, in service of
social justice or contributing to forms of discrimination. It depends on what
we do with these technologies, and for that reason alone continuing research
on them is desperately needed.
Conclusion
While there is, of course, no singular way that queer cities ‘see’, in this
discussion I have sought to track key intersections of queer sexualities and
urbanisms. Worldwide, the trend towards greater urbanization continues
apace, particularly in non-Western contexts. Our cities of the future could
be dystopian slums of despair, utopian metropolises of progress, or both at
once, zoned into uneasy coexistence.
Given that queer communities have been central to the development of
the modern city in Europe and beyond, attention to the place of sexuality in
urban life could provide pathways towards a better understanding of how
urban life might contribute more powerfully to human flourishing. If we try
seeing like a queer city, just for a little while, what new vistas might emerge?
Notes
1 See Boellstorff, T. (2007a), A Coincidence of Desires: Anthropology, Queer
Studies, Indonesia. Durham: Duke University Press, pp. 9–10; Boellstorff, T.
(2012), ‘The politics of similitude: Global sexuality activism, ethnography,
and the western subject’, Trans-Scripts, 2, 22–39, p. 25; Gessen, M. (1991),
‘Soviet queers fight coup: Gay newspaper became printing plant for Russian
resistance’, The Advocate, 24 September, p. 50.
290 Queer Cities, Queer Cultures
Further reading
Agamben, G. (1998), Homo Sacer: Sovereign Power and Bare Life. Stanford:
Stanford University Press.
Boellstorff, T. (2004), ‘The emergence of political homophobia in Indonesia:
Masculinity and national belonging’, Ethnos, 69(4), 465–86.
—(2005a), The Gay Archipelago: Sexuality and Nation in Indonesia. Princeton:
Princeton University Press.
—(2005b), ‘Between religion and desire: Being Muslim and Gay in Indonesia’,
American Anthropologist, 107(4), 575–85.
—(2007a), A Coincidence of Desires: Anthropology, Queer Studies, Indonesia.
Durham: Duke University Press.
—(2007b), ‘When marriage falls: Queer coincidences in straight time’, GLQ: A
Journal of Gay and Lesbian Studies, 13(2/3), 227–48.
—(2008), Coming of Age in Second Life: An Anthropologist Explores the Virtually
Human. Princeton: Princeton University Press.
—(2011), ‘But do not identify as gay: A proleptic genealogy of the MSM category’,
Cultural Anthropology, 26(2), 287–312.
—(2012), ‘The politics of similitude: Global sexuality activism, ethnography, and
the western subject’, Trans-Scripts, 2, 22–39.
Bunzl, M. (2002), Symptoms of Modernity: Jews and Queers in Late-Twentieth-
Century Vienna. Berkeley: University of California Press.
Duggan, L. (2003), The Twilight of Equality? Neoliberalism, Cultural Politics, and
the Attack on Democracy. Boston: Beacon Press.
Foucault, M. (1978), The History of Sexuality, Volume 1: An Introduction. New
York: Vintage Books.
Gessen, M. (1991), ‘Soviet queers fight coup: Gay newspaper became printing plant
for Russian resistance’, The Advocate, 24 September, p. 50.
Gibson-Graham, J. K. (1996), The End Of Capitalism (As We Knew It): A Feminist
Critique of Political Economy. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.
—(2006), A Postcapitalist Politics. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.
Hall, S. (1988), The Hard Road to Renewal: Thatcherism and the Crisis of the
Left. London: Verso.
Ong, A. (2006), Neoliberalism as Exception: Mutations in Citizenship and
Sovereignty. Durham: Duke University Press.
Scott, J. (1998), Seeing Like a State: How Certain Schemes to Improve the Human
Condition Have Failed. New Haven: Yale University Press.
Valverde, M. (2011), ‘Seeing like a city: The dialectic of modern and premodern
ways of seeing in urban governance’, Law & Society Review, 45(2), 277–312.
Wiegman, R. (2012), Object Lessons. Durham: Duke University Press.
292
I n d ex